cc/td/doc/product/wanbu
hometocprevnextglossaryfeedbacksearchhelp
PDF

Table of Contents

9.3.10 Version Software Release Notes
Cisco WAN Switching System Software

9.3.10 Version Software Release Notes
Cisco WAN Switching System Software

About These Release Notes

Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM package, which ships with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM, a member of the Cisco Connection Family, is updated monthly. Therefore, it might be more current than printed documentation. To order additional copies of the Documentation CD-ROM, contact your local sales representative or call customer service. The CD-ROM package is available as a single package or as an annual subscription. You can also access Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at http://www.cisco.com, http://www-china.cisco.com, or http://www-europe.cisco.com.

If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar, select Documentation, and click Enter the feedback form. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco. We appreciate your comments.

About the 9.3 Release

The 9.3 software release supports the Cisco WAN switching products: BPX 8600 series and IGX 8400 series. This release does not support the IPX switch.

Throughout this document, unless otherwise stated, all references to the BXM also include the BXM-E, and references to the UXM also include the UXM-E.

Phased Release Strategy

The MSSBU and CSEBU rollout plans for the 9.3 release is based upon a series of incremental feature releases. This phased feature release strategy is designed to allow the earliest customer availability of key new features, consistent with maintaining high product quality. For the latest status of each 9.3 feature, please see the following information.

The minimum release version noted in the table represents the minimum switch software version required for each feature. As usual, it is recommended that customers use the most current maintenance releases.

Definitions

Generally Available (GA)

Feature is ready for wide deployment with no restrictions. Customers deploying GA features are supported by the Technical Assistance Center (TAC).

First Customer Ship (FCS)

Feature is available for controlled introduction to selected customers. To trial an FCS feature, please contact your account representative. Customers selected for controlled introduction will receive assistance with the test plan review and special support from the New Product Team (NPT) in addition to the normal Technical Assistance Center (TAC) support.

Pre-First Customer Ship (Pre-FCS)

Feature is not yet available in the Switch Software baseline.

Target Date

This is the date for feature delivery that is supported by current Engineering and Marketing plans. This date is subject to change.

Product

Feature Name

FCS/GA
Status

Minimum Release

 BPX


 Hitless Connection Density Upgrade for BXM


 FCS


 9.3.00


 BPX


 Support for 3 VSI Partitions 


 FCS


 9.3.00


 BPX


 VSI MIB Support 


 FCS


 9.3.00


 BPX/IGX 


 800 Board-Level Revision Number 


 FCS


 9.3.00


 BPX/IGX


 Priority Bumping 


 FCS


 9.3.00


 BPX/IGX


 SCR and PCR Policing at Less Than 50 CPS on BXM/BXM-E and UXM/UXM-E


 FCS


 9.3.00


 BPX/IGX


 Separate Abort Stack


 FCS


 9.3.00


 BPX/IGX


 Upgrades Protection 


 FCS


 9.3.00


 BPX/IGX


 Control Traffic Shaping


 FCS


 9.3.00


 IGX 


 2000 VC Bandwidth Parameters 


 FCS


 9.3.00


 IGX 


 UXM/UXM-E ATM Forum IMA-Compliant Ports


 FCS


 9.3.00


 BPX


 Virtual Ports


 FCS


 9.3.05


 BPX


 Dynamic Partitioning 


 FCS


 9.3.10


 BPX/IGX


 Qbin Statistics


 FCS


 9.3.10


 IGX


 ILMI 4.0


 FCS


 9.3.10


 BPX/IGX


 ILMI/ELMI Neighbor Discovery


 FCS


 9.3.10


 IGX


 ELMI for UFMs


 FCS


 9.3.10


 IGX


 VSI/MPLS


 FCS


 9.3.10

Software Release 9.3.10

All features are supported up to Release 9.3.10, and the following additional features are introduced:

    1. Dynamic Partitioning for BPX

  Dynamic partitioning enables the addition of a PNNI partition to existing interfaces (both ports and trunks) without affecting any of the existing AR connections on that interface. Dynamic partitioning also enables the expansion of PNNI VPI/VCI range into the AR partition without impacting existing connections. This feature is required to facilitate the migration from AutoRoute to PNNI.

    2. Qbin Statistics

  In previous releases of the BPX and IGX, only statistics from Qbins 1-9 were collected on AutoRoute trunks. Starting with Release 9.3.10, the switch allows the collection of additional Qbin statistics. Following is a summary of all Qbin statistics collected by the BPX and IGX. Qbin statistics are Cells Served, Cells Discarded, and Cells Received.
  All other Qbins are unused and the switch does not provide statistics for them.
  Also starting in Release 9.3.10, the switch provides the collection of Qbin Cells Discarded statistics via SNMP for the above mentioned Qbins.

    3. ILMI 4.0 for IGXs

  This feature allows the ILMI 4.0 protocol to be run on the UXM card instead of on an NPM card. The feature can be enabled on a port or virtual trunk basis, but the UXM card requires that the new firmware is loaded to support the new feature.

    4. ILMI/ELMI Neighbor Discovery

  This feature enables the Cisco Wan Manager (CWM) to discover any ATM devices attached to the BXM or UXM ports on the BPX or IGX switches, provided that those neighbor ATM devices also support ILMI Neighbor Discovery. If the BXM or UXM card supports the ILMI Neighbor Discovery feature, the user only needs to configure ILMI and Protocol-By-Card on the port, then the relay of the neighbor's topology information to CWM is automatic. However, in order to authorize the switch to give out its own topology information to the neighboring ATM devices, the user has to use the cnfport command to enable the Neighbor Discovery Enable/Disable parameter. Use the new command dspnebdisc to display neighboring ATM devices' topology information.

    5. ELMI for UFMs

  The ELMI protocol enhancements for the UFM serves the same purpose as the ILMI enhancements for the UXM, and shares similar mechanisms to reach the neighbor discovery purpose.

    6. VSI/MPLS for UXMs

  This feature provides IGX switches with the capabilities for setting up connections based on the PNNI and MPLS protocols, which allows the user to expand their existing network. VSI is a resource management scheme that allocates IGX resources, needed for setting up connections, such as system bandwidth and channel space, to a number of external connection-management entities which manage calls/connections with PNNI, MPLS, or other protocols.

  This feature supports:

Table 1 shows files that will be extracted from a TAR file upon upgrading to software Release 9.3.10.

To add the VSI/MPLS feature, the UXM firmware needs to be upgraded to revision ACA and NPM-64B cards are required. The UXM firmware upgrade to revision ACA first requires that the run-time firmware be upgraded to an intermediate version, revision ABJ. However, before upgrading the firmware to revision ABJ, upgrade the UXM boot code to boot 8.

The following steps are required to upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACA:

Step 1   Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.10.

Step 2   Upgrade the UXM boot code to boot 8.

Step 3   Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ABJ or greater.

Step 4   After the card comes up, upgrade the run-time firmware to revision ACA.

Step 5   Enable Qbins 10 to 14 on all UXM interfaces by using the cnfqbin command. (The existing bugs are CSCds00067 and CSCds25536).

Step 6   Configure the VSI partitions and controllers.

Step 7   Configure the VSI connections on the new cards, and confirm that VSI traffic is flowing.

Warning If these procedures are not followed, there is a big possibility that the card will enter a state from which it can NOT be recovered. Please refer to Appendix B for more information about loading the new firmware.


Table 1: Release 9.3.10 Files
File Name File Size

9310B.000

65536

9310B.001

65536

9310B.002

65536

9310B.003

65536

9310B.004

65536

9310B.005

65536

9310B.006

65536

9310B.007

65536

9310B.008

65536

9310B.009

65536

9310B.010

65536

9310B.011

65536

9310B.012

65536

9310B.013

65536

9310B.014

65536

9310B.015

65536

9310B.016

65536

9310B.017

65536

9310B.018

65536

9310B.019

65536

9310B.020

65536

9310B.021

65536

9310B.022

65536

9310B.023

65536

9310B.024

53505

9310B.img

784

9310G.000

65536

9310G.001

65536

9310G.002

65536

9310G.003

65536

9310G.004

65536

9310G.005

65536

9310G.006

65536

9310G.007

65536

9310G.008

65536

9310G.009

65536

9310G.010

65536

9310G.011

65536

9310G.012

65536

9310G.013

65536

9310G.014

65536

9310G.015

65536

9310G.016

65536

9310G.017

65536

9310G.018

65536

9310G.019

65536

9310G.020

65536

9310G.021

65536

9310G.022

65536

9310G.023

65536

9310G.024

65536

9310G.025

65536

9310G.026

65536

9310G.027

28403

9310G.img

784

Software Release 9.3.05

Introduced the following features:

    1. Virtual Port

  This feature supports a combination of Virtual Port traffic shaping and connection traffic shaping. The Virtual Port feature allows one or more Virtual Ports per Physical Port interface. Connection- level traffic shaping within Virtual Ports is supported. Although Virtual Ports can connect directly to an ATM edge device or a CPE device, they will generally be used to connect indirectly through an ATM network, because direct connections to an ATM edge device or CPE equipment can be done with currently available Physical Ports. A maximum of 31 Virtual Ports is available per BXM card on the BPX. Each Virtual Port will support all AutoRoute traffic types that are currently supported by Physical Ports. (This is a chargeable feature on the BPX.)

Software Release 9.3.00

Introduced the following features:

    1. Hitless Connection Density Upgrade for BXM

  This feature provides a way to hitlessly upgrade an active BXM (legacy or regular enhanced model)—configured for 16K connections or less—to an enhanced BXM (version DX or EX) configured for more connections (16K or 32K). User traffic is not affected during the upgrade. This BXM connection density upgrade feature provides the customer with the ability to hitlessly scale up their networks using the enhanced BXM supporting up to 32K connections with level 1 channel statistics on the trunk side, port side, or a combination of ports and trunks. The new enhanced BXM card must be configured such that its channel statistics level and number of connections are either equal to or higher than the ones configured on the existing BXM (legacy or enhanced) that it is going to replace. This can be done automatically, based on a configurable option. The upgrade can be done for both Y-redundant and non-Y-redundant BXMs.

    2. Support for 3 VSI Partitions

  This feature enables support of three (3) simultaneous VSI partitions on a BXM line/trunk interface. With this feature, up to three VSI controllers can independently control the BPX switch by using different partitions of the BXM interface resources including VPI range, bandwidth, and number of connections. AutoRoute is not counted toward these three partitions. An application of the feature is the simultaneous support of MPLS controllers. However, the coexistence of MPLS and PNNI controllers on a node running Release 9.2 or later is not supported.

    3. VSI MIB Support

  Prior to this release, the BPX software neither kept nor knew the specific information about a VSI controller (for example, type, capability, resource usage, and so on). A network management system is needed to query the controller directly via SNMP to learn such information. This feature enables, via SNMP MIB, an NMS to query the BPX switch for VSI controllers attached to that BPX and the associated information. The feature allows for easier discovery of BPX-attached VSI controllers by external SNMP-capable application (such as CWM).

    4. 800 Board-Level Revision Number

  The manufacturing board-level revision number, also known as the manufacturing 800 number, provides the maximum information possible about a given card. The ability to remotely identify the manufacturing board-level revision number assists in troubleshooting, maintenance, and sparing. Prior to this release, there was no mechanism to remotely identify the board level revision number without physically removing the card from the slot. This project provides the capability to identify the board-level revision number via CLI, Cisco WAN Manager, or CiscoView for IGX and BPX cards. This feature is currently not available for backcards.

    5. Priority Bumping

  This feature allows connections for both BPX and IGX that are classified as more important (via COS value) to bump existing connections that are of lesser importance. Priority Bumping is useful when there are insufficient resources (for example, bandwidth) to route these important connections due to trunk failures in the network. (This is a chargeable feature on the BPX).

    6. SCR (Sustained Cell Rate) and PCR (Peak Cell Rate) Policing at Less Than 50 CPS on BXM and UXM

  With this feature, the minimum SCR and PCR policing values supported by the BXM and UXM are lowered depending on card types:

Card Name

Card Types

Min SCR and PCR Policing Values

  IGX-UXM


  T1/E1


  6 cells per second


  IGX-UXM


  T1/E1 IMA


  6 cells per second


  IGX-UXM


  T3/E3


  12 cells per second


  IGX-UXM


  OC3/STM-1


  50 cells per second


  BPX-BXM


  T3/E3


  12 cells per second


  BPX-BXM


  OC3/STM-1


  50 cells per second


  BPX-BXM


  OC12/STM-4


  50 cells per second

  The policing prompt will be introduced for ABRSTD connections with VSVD=OFF. Previously, policing was always enabled for ABRSTD connections with VSVD=OFF. This change delivers the following advantages for ABRSTD connections with VSVD=OFF.

    7. Separate Abort Stack

  The software error table on the IGX and BPX currently contains up to 12 entries. When the table is full, additional errors will overwrite the last entry. Errors that are not fatal are processed equally with aborts. This means that if an abort is logged into the last entry of the table, an error can then be logged, overwriting the more important abort information. Similarly, if more than one abort is logged when the table is full, only the last one logged will remain in the table. This feature allows the preservation of abort stack information which, in turn, allows for faster debugging and fix implementation.

    8. Upgrades Protection

  This enhancement provides additional protection against running loadrev/runrev and doing upgrades during the time that statistics collection is enabled. This enhancement will warn and automatically disable statistics collection if the user says "Yes" to the warning prompt.

    9. 2000 VC Bandwidth Parameters

  This enhancement increases the maximum number of VC bandwidth parameters from 700 to 2000 on an IGX. This will enable service providers to increase service offerings where additional VC bandwidth parameters are required.

    10. UXM and UXM-E ATM Forum IMA-Compliant Ports

  This feature enables the UXM and UXM-E to support ATM Forum IMA Standard version 1.0 compliant IMA ports in addition to IMA trunks. Support for IMA ports will allow the IGX to directly interoperate with other Cisco devices that support IMA ports, and provide a more cost-effective alternative to using an AUSM/B in an SES feeder to IGX to support the same functionality. This IMA functionality complies with the ATM Forum IMA Standard version 1.0.

    11. Control Traffic Shaping

  This enhancement allows users traffic-exclusive use of available trunk bandwidth. Previously CC Traffic used available trunk bandwidth in excess of statistic reserve at the highest priority, bumping user traffic also trying to claim available bandwidth. This feature also requires the appropriate firmware versions for the cards.

Clarifications for Release 9.3.10

    1. Only the cell discard Qbin statistics for the allowed Qbins will be provided via SNMP.

    2. Starting with Release 9.3.10 on the BPX, the cnfvsipart command is only applicable to BXM trunks. To enable VSI ILMI on the port, use the cnfport command to enable ILMI and protocol by card. Doing so will effectively enable VSI ILMI on the port interface.

    3. Changes in BPX Parameters:

    Reset ILMI when VSI controller is added? [Y]:
 

    Neighbor Discovery? [N]:
  Meaning of the Neighbor Discovery parameter:
Y—The BPX will send its interface information to the neighbor if queried by the neighbor.
N—The BPX will not send its information to the neighbor.
The BPX will always query for its neighbor's interface information using the ILMI Neighbor Discovery procedure and reports to CWM if the information is available, whether the Neighbor Discovery parameter is set to Y or N.
    55 LCN reprgrm batch cnt [  100] (D)
56 Dnld LanIP or NwIP [  Lan] (Lan/Nw)



    Configure PVC VPI ranges? [N]
Start of PVC VPI range 1 [-1]
End of PVC VPI range 1 [-1]
Start of PVC VPI range 2 [-1]
End of PVC VPI range 2 [-1]
Start of PVC VPI range 3 [-1]
End of PVC VPI range 3 [-1]
Start of PVC VPI range 4 [-1]
End of PVC VPI range 4 [-1]
 



  User needs to use cnfport command to enable/disable ILMI/VSI ILMI on ports.





  This new command is used to display neighboring ATM devices' topology information. This command is added to support the BPX ILMI Neighbor Discovery feature.




    

    	4. Changes in IGX parameters:
    




    Neighbor Discovery ? [N]:
 

  Meaning of the Neighbor Discovery enable/disable parameter:


Y—The IGX will send its interface information to the neighbor if queried by the neighbor.


N—The IGX will not send its information to the neighbor.




  The IGX will always query for its neighbor's interface information using the ILMI Neighbor Discovery procedure and reports to CWM if the information is available, whether the Neighbor Discovery parameter is set to Y or N.





    Protocol run on the card [Y]:
 

  When the protocol is set to ILMI, the meaning of the parameter:


Y—The ILMI protocol is executed by the UXM card.


N—The protocol is executed by the NPM.







    Neighbor Discovery 		Enable
 



    Protocol run on the card (Y):
 

  Meaning of the parameter:





    53 Dnld LanIP or NwIP	 [ Lan](Lan/Nw)

      



  This new command is used to display neighboring ATM devices' topology information. This command is added to support the IGX ILMI Neighbor Discovery feature.




    

    	5. The IMA-added trunk transmit rate can be configured without deleting it. But it is done locally and is not propagated to the other end.
    



 Clarifications for Release 9.3.05


    

    	1. Starting with Release 9.3.05 on the BPX, the user will need to execute the following sequence of commands to create an ATM service port or virtual port: upln, addport, cnfport, upport. Previously, only upln and upport were required.
    

    	2. Starting with Release 9.3.05 on the BPX, the VC-Shaping parameter is no longer available with the cnfln command. Use the cnfportq command to enable/disable VC Shaping.
    

    	3. Starting with Release 9.3.05 on the BPX, the user can configure the port bandwidth. Previously this parameter was defaulted to the line speed.
    

    	4. Starting with Release 9.3.05 on the BPX, the user will be able to configure the VC Queue Depth parameter for the CBR and VBR connection. Previously, this parameter was configurable only with ABR-type connections.
    

    	5. The restriction of not being able to configure additional VSI partitions if one partition already uses VPI=0 has been removed. VPI is allowed to be 0 for a VSI partition on feeder trunks, in addition to ports. However, since both the PNNI and MPLS controllers uses certain default control channels, users should be extremely cautious with the controller's channels. Side effects of the collisions are unpredictable for BPXs.
    

    	6. The addloclp/dellp command cannot be used for port loopbacks on virtual ports. Use addportloclp/delportlp instead.
    

    	7. Changes in BPX Parameters:
    




    5.1.1 	0 / 0 3096 (cps) LM-BXM		INACTIVE 	NONE 	UNI
 



    Port: 5.1.1 [INACTIVE] 
Bandwidth/AR BW:  3096/3096
VPI Range: 1 - 1 
CAC Reserve: 0
 



    6   Disabled Priority Bumping
7							Disabled Virtual Ports
 

    

    	8. The dsplog command has been enhanced in Release 9.3.05. User-visible changes include:
    




  A counter at the top of the event log indicates both the user's place and the total entries in the event log.





  Integrated mode. Integrates a single-line summary of software error and abort log entries into the display (by time-stamp) and are displayed in reverse video. For example:




    Info  Log Cleared                      	12/15/99 09:38:20
Info  Error   527 Data:00000081 PC:302C6D8E/USR1 						9.3.n6 12/15/99 09:38:13
Info  Abort   1015 Data:DEADBEEF PC:302BE03E/TN_1 9.3.n5 12/10/99 14:38:45

  This can be combined with all of the above options EXCEPT "p". Thus, dsplog i r t, but not dsplog p i t.




 Clarifications for Release 9.3.00


    

    	1. For the 800-level part number, there is a dependency on manufacturing to release boards with NOVRAM containing an 800-level part number. There will be scenarios in which the 800-level part number cannot be seen. See the following chart for the different combinations:
    



  




SWSW release

NOVRAM contents

SWSW CLI (dspcd/dspnovram and so on) display



 >= 9.3.00


 New NOVRAM


 Top Assembly Number, which is the 800-level part number (10bytes).


 


 < 9.3.00


 New NOVRAM


 Fab number which will show part of the 800-level number. The display will show as per the SWSW release prior to 9.3.0, except that the data displayed is partial 800-level part number.


 


 < 9.3.00


 Old NOVRAM 


 Fab Number. The display will show as per the SWSW release prior to 9.3.0


 


 >= 9.3.0


 Old NOVRAM


 Top Assembly Number showing 10 bytes, of which 8 bytes may convey 28, or 73-level, or raw fab number. The last two bytes will be blank spaces and the user will see 8 bytes only. Hence, there is no change in information compared to SWSW<9.3.00.


 












  Notes:




    

    	2. The dsplog command has been enhanced in Release 9.3.00. User-visible changes include:
    




  Reverses the log, showing oldest entries first. This option allows you to see the bottom of the list quickly.





  Allows paging through the log, much like dspcons. For a single page log, this will act just like dsplog and will terminate immediately. But for multiple page logs, it will allow you to move backward and forward through the log by pages (using "n" and "p") until "q" or DEL is pressed.





  Time-stamp mode. Begins log display with the entry nearest to the specified time. The time parameters must immediately follow the "t" option.





    

    	3. The Robust APS Alarm message that the BPX sends to CWM is being modified to contain a new field. CWM converts these Robust APS Alarm messages into SNMP trap 20100. When APS Alarm Clear messages are sent from the BPX to CWM, the resulting 20100 trap will contain a new field indicating the alarm condition that is being cleared.
    

    	4. Changes in BPX Parameters:
    




    28 CM updates app timeout  [  5] (10 secs)
 



    Region memory init  4   Disabled
 



    52 CommBrk 	Hop Weight	[ 25](D)
53 CG Fail Penalty Hops	[ 2](D)
54 Auto BXM Upgrade	[ Y](Y/N)
 

    

    	5. Changes in IGX parameters:
    




    28 CM updates app timeout  [  5] (10 secs)
 



    52 CommBrk 	Hop Weight	[ 25](D)
53 CG Fail Penalty Hops	[ 2](D)
 



    SVC Del Bgnd Updates

 Clarifications for Release 9.2.x


    

    	1. There is a change in reporting of the port group number starting in Release 9.2.30. The previous image (MEC) of BXM firmware used to report one port group for the two-port group cards at the channel statistics level 2 and 3. This made the port belonging to the second port group unusable. 
    



  When upgrading from MEA-MEC, you must upgrade the software to 9.2.30 (or later) first and then burn the BXM card with the MED (or later) firmware. The BXM will now report two port groups for two port cards all the time. The smooth transition between the earlier one-port group and the newly reported two- port groups also displays message in dspcd "Inconsistency with logical PG #" (port group number). All earlier software will mismatch the card. 


  If the BXM card is programmed with an MEC or earlier firmware revision, the Channel Statistics level 2 or 3 will report one-port group. Burning a MED or later image will result in two-port groups, but for backward compatibility the software will not do the recomputation of LCNs based on the new port groups. In its logical database, this will not impact the AutoRoute connections. 


  For a VSI controller, the reported value will be higher than the actual available LCNs. That means a VSI controller may not be able to add connections even though the available connections are non-zero. If the user wishes to remove the above discrepancy, the card must be put in the standby mode.




    

    	2. The combinations of system limits such as the number of trunks, lines, ports, and connections, as well as enabled TFTP interval statistics, should be provisioned so that the node has at least 50 percent idle time usage. Use the command dspprfhist to verify.
    

    	3. On the BXM and UXM, for the OC-3 Multimode Fiber back cards, Y-Redundancy/hot standby is not supported due to reduced optical power.
    

    	4. Release 9.2.31 introduces a new command—cnffdrlmiparms which makes the feeder LMI timers and counters configurable. This command is currently supported on BPX only and cannot be added in the Job mode.
    



  Usage: cnffdrlmiparms slot.port T393 T394 T396 N394 N395


  Where slot.port specifies the feeder trunk to configure. The details of the other parameters is as follows:




  



Timer
Description
Range (sec.)
Default (sec.)



 T396


 LMI polling timer


 5-30


 10




 T393


 SPC STATUS ENQUIRY timer


 5-30


 10




 T394 


 SPC UPDATE STATUS timer 


 5-30 


 10




 N394


 Max. retry count for SPC STATUS ENQUIRY/ REPORT procedures


 1-10


 5




 N395


 Max. retry count for SPC UPDATESTATUS / ACK procedures


 1 -10


 5














    

    	5. In Release 9.2.31, the system parameter 2 (cnfsysparm 2) is changed from "Fail Connections On Communication Break" to "Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler."
    



  The old parameter has been removed as it violated the principle of separating the control and data plane. The new parameter allows a new feature to be turned off that gives CPU to the Fail Handler at the expense of the Transaction Handler in case the Fail Handler does not get scheduled for a long time.




    

    	6. The minimum software required to run MPLS are:
    




  or, 





 Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements

 
 For the VSI/MPLS feature, upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACA. Note that the upgrade procedure has changed.


 The following steps are required to upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACA:



Step 1	  Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.10.



Step 2	  Upgrade the UXM boot code to boot 8.



Step 3	  Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ABJ or greater.



Step 4	  After the card comes up, upgrade the run-time firmware to revision ACA.



Step 5	  Enable Qbins 10 to 14 on all UXM interfaces by using the cnfqbin command. (The existing bugs are CSCds00067 and CSCds25536).



Step 6	  Configure the VSI partitions and controllers. 



Step 7	  Configure the VSI connections on the new cards, and confirm that VSI traffic is flowing. 





 








Warning If these procedures are not followed, there is a big possibility that the card will enter a state from which it can NOT be recovered. Please refer to Appendix B for more information about loading the new firmware.






 General Upgrade Procedure







Note   Please consult your Support Representative before performing any software upgrade.




 The earliest release supported for a graceful upgrade is 9.2.23.


 Before you upgrade the switch software, make sure the cards have the minimum firmware revision per the compatibility matrix.


 Procedure for Upgrading BXM cards to the 9.3 Firmware Release


 See Appendix A for instructions on upgrading the BXM firmware. 


 See the Compatibility Matrix for the tested/supported versions of other firmware and software that work with this release.


 Procedure for Adding New BCC Cards as a Part of Upgrading to Release 9.3


 If new BCC cards are to be installed as part of the upgrade to Release 9.3, then the physical card upgrade procedure described below must be completed as a separate activity from the Switch software upgrade. 



 Revision Interoperability Supported 


 The Revision Interoperability feature allows a mixed/ heterogeneous network of 9.2.x and 9.3.x (where "x" equals any GA version of 9.2 and 9.3) nodes to coexist and interoperate. This capability allows customers to upgrade their networks from 9.2 to 9.3 in multiple steps. It is not recommended that users operate in this state for extended periods of time.


 Normal network maintenance and operations such as provisioning, trunk reroutes, card insertions and removals, and normal network alarming, are supported in the mixed revision network. Normal alarms can be received while upgrading a node to Release 9.3.


 In a mixed-revision network, functions that are implemented in 9.3 but not in 9.2 are disabled. For example, features that are supported in both Releases 9.2 and 9.3 will function at their 9.2 level. New features developed in 9.3 are automatically enabled when all nodes are upgraded to the 9.3 revision level. Specifically, connection provisioning, connection rerouting, alarming and CWM support for these features are supported but will function at their 9.2 capabilities, and not at their 9.3 levels until all nodes are upgraded. The command dspblkdfuncs will display blocked (disabled) features. 


 Version Compatibility Notes 


 For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is included in this release package.


 This release will run with:



 VNS interworking with Release 9.3 and later has not been tested at the present time.


 Control Card Requirements 


 All BPX processor cards must be configured with a minimum of 64 MB of RAM, and NPMs must be configured with a minimum of 32 MB of RAM. NPMs require at least 1 MB of BRAM. To verify the BRAM size on IGX 8400 nodes, use the dspcd command.


 Control Card Boot Firmware Requirements


 As specified below, the correct version of CC boot firmware must be installed on the cards prior to a software upgrade to Release 9.3.


  




BCC Type

Firmware



 BCC-3-64


 H.D.M


 


 BCC-4V


 H.H.M


 


 BCC-4V/B


 H.H.M


 












  




NPM Type

Firmware



 NPM-32


 R.B.S


 


 NPM-64


 R.C.S


 


 NPM-32B


 R.E.S


 


 NPM-64B


 R.F.S


 












 With the new version of NPM boot code (RxS), the boot code upgrading does not require physical card resetting with the following steps:



Step 1	  Burn the boot code on the active NPM(1).



Step 2	  Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(1) becomes standby. NPM(2) is now active.



Step 3	  Execute the resetcd command to reset the standby (resetcd 1 h). Wait until the reset card NPM(1) becomes standby.



Step 4	  Burn the boot code on the active NPM(2).



Step 5	  Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(2) becomes standby. NPM(1) is now active.



Step 6	  Execute the resetcd command to reset the standby (resetcd 2 h). Wait until the reset card NPM(2) becomes standby.





 



 Control Card Compatibility Requirements 


 Each redundant pair of BCC cards in a given BPX 8600 node must be of identical type and memory configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is a BCC-3-64, then so must be the standby. BCC-3 cards with 64 MB of RAM cannot be mixed with BCC-4 cards.


 Each redundant pair of NPM cards in a given IGX 8400 node must be of identical type and memory configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is an NPM-32, then so must be the standby. NPM cards with 32 MB of RAM cannot be mixed with NPM cards with 64 MB of RAM. Also, NPM-64 cards cannot be mixed with NPM-64B cards.


 This is a requirement for all software upgrade procedures. It does not apply to the physical card upgrade procedure, as described below.


 Control Card Physical Card Upgrade Procedure


 When performing a Control Card (CC) upgrade, the following procedure must be used. This applies to all processors: BCCs, and/or NPMs. 



Step 1	  Remove the current standby CC front and back card. (Removal of back card only applies to BCC.)



Step 2	  Replace with new CC front and back cards that are identical to the current active CC. (Replacement of back card only applies to BCC.)



Step 3	  Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.



Step 4	  Issue a switchcc command to utilize the newly installed CC.



Step 5	  Verify that the network is stable.



Step 6	  Remove the current standby CC front and backcard. (Remove back card only applies to BCC.)



Step 7	  Replace with new CC front and back cards that are identical to the current active CC. (Replace back card only applies to BCC.)



Step 8	  Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.



Step 9	  The CC physical upgrade is now complete.



Step 10	  With the secondary card in the standby state, cause a switchover using the switchcc command. This will test that the hardware is working correctly.





 








Note   After Step 2, the node will contain a mix of an old type CC and the new type CC. This condition is permitted only while the standby updates to the new CC are in progress, which will take less than one hour. The time during which this mixture of CC types exists must be kept to a minimum by immediately replacing the second old type CC with the matching one of the new type.




 Obsoleted


 BPX BCC-32 cards are no longer supported in Release 9.3.


 The following IGX cards are no longer supported in Release 9.3:



 UVM model A, B, and C firmware are not supported in SWSW Release 9.3 and beyond.


 Adaptive Voice feature is not supported in IGX SWSW Release 9.3


 Notes and Cautions

 
 Additional Notes for Release 9.3.10


    

    	1. VSI/MPLS controllers should be added on a line and not on trunks. The following steps should be followed:
    




Step 1	  Up the line by using the upln command.



Step 2	  Up the ports by using the upport command.



Step 3	  Configure the partition resources by using the cnfrsrc command.



Step 4	  Add an MPLS controller by using the addctrlr command.





 



    

    	2. Typical ILMI configuration on the router side should have the following type of information:
    

    interface ATM2/0
    

    IPaddress 10.9.8.4 255.255.255.0
    

    no IP directed-broadcast
    

    ATM PVC 41 0 16 ILMI
    

    ATM PVC 46 0 5 qsaal
    

    ATM ILMI-keepalive 20
    

    no ATM address-registration
    

    ATM ILMI-PVC-discovery
    

    

    	3. The VPI/VCI for ILMI control PVC should match on UXM port and the neighbor router/IGX/BPX for ILMI protocol to work correctly.
    

    	4. Certain parameters for the router configuration would require shutdown and up the router interface using router command "shut/no shut" on the interface to take effect on the modified configuration.
    



 Additional Notes for Release 9.3.05


    

    	1. An incompatibility exists between the ASI and BXM implementations of the HCF no-shift mode. As a result, the diagnostic command tstdelay will fail for a connection terminating on an ASI and a BXM when the associated ports are configured for the HCF no-shift. Note that the following connection types are not affected by this incompatibility (and thus tstdelay will work as expected):
    



  In general, customers should, whenever possible, avoid mixing ASI and BXM ports when the use of HCF no-shift mode is required.




    

    	2. When Priority Bumping is turned on, connections will add with a cos value of 15 instead of 0. When Priority Bumping is turned off, all connections except voice connections add with a default value of 0. Voice connections add with a default value of 2. If a different value for cos (other than 15) is desired, use the cnfcos command to change the value. 
    

    	3. VPI 0 is now supported on a VSI partition even when there are multiple VSI partitions on the interface. This functionality reverses the restriction in the 9.2 release. 
    

    	4. On the enhanced BXM card (BXM-E), the firmware translates the configured transmit cell rate (cells per second) into a minimum inter-cell gap. The mathematics of this conversion involves non-integer computations, which introduces rounding/truncation effects. As a result, the actual output bandwidth is somewhat larger than the configured bandwidth. This behavior is manifested in certain situations when the bandwidth of a port, virtual port, trunk, or virtual trunk is configured for less than the line rate, and the port/trunk is heavily loaded. The Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference, Release 9.3.05, Appendix A, BXM-E Configured and Actual Bandwidths, contains a table showing the actual output bandwidth versus the configured bandwidth.
    



 Additional Notes for Release 9.3.00


    

    	1. Once Priority Bumping feature is enabled, the reroute timer in cnfcmparm (9 Reroute Timer) is recommended to be set to a value of 3 seconds or greater.
    



  The need to do so is to make the bumped connections (connections that are derouted when priority bumping is exercised) wait for this period before they are eligible to route again.




    

    	2. The "Adaptive Voice" feature, also known as the "Adaptive VAD" feature, is not supported by the IGX Switch Software. However, Voice Activity Detection, or VAD, is still supported.
    



 Additional Notes for Release 9.2.x


    

    	1. Because of a hardware limitation, the non-enhanced versions of the BXM hardware are not able to recognize all user-programmed cell transmission rates. Rather, only discrete transmission rates can be used.
    



  The equation below shows what the BXM hardware actually transmits given a user-configured cell rate. The transmitted cell rate is always less than or equal to the configured cell rate. To prevent any cell loss, the transmitted cell rate must be equal to the configured rate. To do so, a cell rate must be chosen from the chart that follows.


  The rate chart lists the highest 200 cell rates supported by BXM such that if used, will result in no cell loss (given cell traffic is less than configured cell rate). Additional rates can be calculated using 1470588/[n + (1/256)], where n is an integer.


  The logic to calculate the actual cell transmission rate in a BXM card is as follows:


  if (configured cell rate = full line cell rate) then


   	transmitted cell rate = full line cell rate


  else


   	transmitted cell rate = from equation below or from the following chart




 


  



 


 Example:


 If a trunk is configured at 100,000 cps, the actual transmitted cell rate is then 98,013 cells per second (cps), and any traffic sent over 98,013 cps would be discarded.


 If a trunk is configured at 98,013 cps, then the actual transmitted cell rate is 98,013 cps with no cell loss. 


 Therefore, only rates in the following chart should be used. Otherwise, cell loss may be experienced. The chart will not be exhausted at the end, but still go on with the computing from the above equation.


 . 




 1464865


 56552


 28832


 19348


 14559


 11670


 9738


 8355


 


  733860


 54458


 28278


 19097


 14416


 11579


 9674


 8308


 


489558

 52513


 27744


 18852


 14277


 11488


 9611


 8261


 


 367288


 50703


 27231


 18614


 14139


 11399


 9549


 8215


 


  293888


 49013


 26736


 18381


 14005


 11311


 9487


 8169


 


  244938


 47432


 26258


 18154


 13872


 11225


 9426


 8124


 


  209966


 45950


 25798


 17933


 13743


 11140


 9366


 8079


 


  183733


 44558


 25353


 17717


 13616


 11056


 9307


 8035


 


  163327


 43247


 24923


 17506


 13491


 10974


 9248


 7992


 


  147001


 42012


 24508


 17300


 13368


 10892


 9190


 7948


 


  133642


 40845


 24106


 17099


 13248


 10812


 9133


 7906


 


  122509


 39741


 23717


 16902


 13129


 10733


 9077


 7863


 


 113088


 38695


 23341


 16710


 13013


 10656


 9021


 7822


 


 105012


 37703


 22976


 16522


 12899


 10579


 8966


 7780


 


 98013


 36761


 22623


 16339


 12787


 10503


 8912


 7739


 


 91889


 35864


 22280


 16159


 12677


 10429


 8858


 7699


 


 86485


 35010


 21947


 15983


 12568


 10355


 8805


 7659


 


 81681


 34196


 21625


 15812


 12462


 10283


 8753


 7619


 


 77383


 33419


 21311


 15643


 12357


 10212


 8701


 7580


 


 73515


 32676


 21007


 15479


 12254


 10141


 8650


 7541


 


 70014


 31966


 20711


 15318


 12153


 10072


 8599


 7502


 


 66833


 31286


 20423


 15160


 12053


 10003


 8549


 7464


 


 63927


 30634


 20143


 15005


 11955


 9936


 8500


 7427


 


 61264


 30009


 19871


 14853


 11859


 9869


 8451


 7389


 


 58814


 29409


 19606


 14705


 11764


 9803


 8403


 7352


 


 .....


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












    

    	2. On the BPX with MGX 8220 feeder(s), regardless of the setting of the Node Parameter "42 Enable Feeder Alert", a feeder alert message will be sent to all MGX 8220 feeders immediately before a hitless rebuild takes place. The feeder alert message will temporarily disable the LMI polling from the MGX 8220 feeders. The MGX 8220 polling will resume as soon as the BPX is ready to exchange LMI messages.
    

    	3. The amount of traffic allowed on a VP Tunneling connection is two-thirds the bandwidth of that connection. The minimum bandwidth must be 100 cells per second. For example, a CBR connection with peak cell rate 1500 cps then can pass traffic up to 1000 cps.
    

    	4. For an IMA trunk, the configuration is blocked if the converted cps of the number of links to be decremented is MORE than the transmit rate (CSCdm71616).
    

    	5. Card errors (0x25170076) occur on BXM when only one virtual trunk (VT) is configured in a physical port. To avoid this situation, configure at least two virtual trunks on any physical port that you have VTs on. When performing the configuration, make sure to configure the VTs one directly after the other (CSCdm69974). 
    



 Limitations for Release 9.3.10


    

    	1. If ILMI is enabled to run on a UXM card, than no address registration or service registration is supported for ILMI 4.0.
    

    	2. When ILMI is running on the cards on a virtual trunk port, all the virtual trunks on the same port share the same ILMI session.
    

    	3. The LMI protocol must not run on the BXM cards connected to an Axis shelf. It should run on the BCC cards.
    

    	4. Executing a dncd command on a BNI-155 does not turn off the laser on the physical port. As a result, the other trunk end connected to this card still detects a physical layer signal and regards this as a trunk "communication failure" rather than as a LOS (loss of signal). Hence, all connections fail and are not derouted/rerouted by the connection management (AutoRoute or Priority Bumping in 9.3x).
    

    	5. ILMI Neighbor Discovery is only supported on BXM/UXM physical ports.
    

    	6. An NPM-64B card is required for the VSI feature.
    

    	7. Release 9.3.10 does not support the VSI feature in a mixed revision network. All nodes in the network must run Release 9.3.10 or later in order to use the VSI feature.
    

    	8. ILMI can be enabled on a UXM card, but it cannot be enabled on the same card as VSI.
    

    	9. When an MPLS controller is added to a port, it sets up a signalling channel to the port to which it is attached. The VPI and VCI for this connection are user-configurable. Default values of 0 and 32 are used if the user does not configure different values. So extreme card should be taken before adding an Auto Route connection with VPI = 0. An Auto Route connection should never be added with a VPI and VCI that is being used by the MPLS controller. If an addcon command fails with swerr 9082 (with firmware error code 0x01EF), this means that an attempt was made to add an Auto Route connection where an MPLS signalling VC was already existing. If this error is seen, the Auto Route connection that caused it should be deleted immediately. The way to avoid to getting to this situation is to configure the signalling VC on the router such that it is within the VSI partition. In other words, instead of having the signalling VC as 0/32, configure the signalling VC on X/32 where X is the starting VPI of the VSI partition configuration for the control port interface.
    

    	10. The BPX only supports ILMI address registration with a PNNI controller. In the case where the BXM port does not have a VSI partition controlled by a PNNI controller, it is necessary to disable address registration on the attached router. This is to prevent the router from sending unnecessary ILMI cold start trap to the BPX.
    Below is an example of how to disable address registration on a Cisco 7200 series router:
    			interface atm 1/0" 			no atm address registration
    Refer to the IOS command reference and Configuring ATM on ATM port adapter for further details.
    

    	11. Release 9.3.10 supports only MPLS controllers for the IGX. The PNNI controller is not supported in Release 9.3.10 for the IGX.
    

    	12. Release 9.3.10 supports only up to 3 controllers (1 controller per partition).
    

    	13. Release 9.3.10 does not support controller redundancy for the IGX.
    

    	14. Release 9.3.10 does not support compact CBA on slave side, that is the command compactrsrc VSI is not supported for the IGX.
    

    	15. Release 9.3.10 does not support Auto UBU allocation for the UXM only. UBUs must be allocated manually for the IGX.
    

    	16. For the IGX, when a VSI partition is deleted/disabled, all connections are deleted.
    

    	17. If CBR connections are configured with PCR less than or equal to 50cps, CBR cells may be dropped at a BXM trunk interface. Do not add a CBR connection with the PCR less than or equal to 50 cps. Using CBR connections with the PCR greater than or equal to 51 cps will not cause any cell drops.
    



 Limitations for Release 9.3.05


 None.


 Limitations for Release 9.3.00


    

    	1. Level Version Number is supported for front cards only.
    

    	2. Standards-compliant IMA ports (MGX 8220, Release 5.x) on UXM/UXM-E are not compatible with the proprietary protocol used in the IMATM (MGX 8220, Release 4.x).
    

    	3. Standards-compliant IMA trunks are not compatible with the proprietary IMA protocol used in Model A UXM firmware. Model B and later firmware releases are IMA standard-compliant. Both ends of an IMA trunk must have the same protocol.
    

    	4. Switch software 9.3.00 and BXM firmware MFB support the attachment of multiple VSI controllers to the BPX. In case of MPLS, however, only one LSC should be attached to a VSI partition, which is the same for the IGX. If multiple LSCs are attached to a VSI partition, the results are unpredictable, which is the same for the IGX.
    

    	5. On BXM OC-3, OC-12 8DX, and 2DX enhanced cards, do not configure the queue depth(s) for CBR / rt-VBR / nrt-VBR / UBR/ABR to be greater than 262143 using the cnfportq command. All configuration changes made while or after configuring queue depth(s) greater than 262143 are lost after a rebuild, when the switch is running 9.3.00. All ports, whose queue depth(s) are configured to be greater than 262143 in 92 are lost after upgrading from 9.2 to 9.3.00.
    

    	6. When doing a grouped upgrade from Release 9.2 to 9.3, the software error 1427 may be logged on the BPX/IGX node during a non-graceful upgrade. This error can be ignored since it is harmless to the network.
    

    	7. When upgrading from Release 9.2 to 9.3, the 9.2 statistics on BXM/UXM cards are supported to maintain compatibility. However, once users configure a statistics level in 9.3, they cannot configure back to 9.2 statistics.
    



  Prior to replacing a bad BXM/UXM, make sure that the level of channel statistics is the same as the original card.




 Limitations for Release 9.2.x


    

    	1. The coexistence of MPLS and PNNI controllers on a node running Release 9.2 or later is not supported.
    

    	2. When cnfrsrc command is used to delete VSI partitions on an interface, software does not check if any Soft Permanent Virtual Circuit (SPVC) connections exists on that partition. Even if there are SPVC connections on a partition, the partition can be deleted using the cnfrsrc command. The only protection is that users are provided with a warning when they try to delete the partition.
    



  If there are SPVC connections on a partition and the partition is deleted, the SPVC connections will be left in a undefined and unrecoverable state. Hence, before deleting a VSI partition, ensure that all the SPVC connections are deleted on that partition.




    

    	3. For a virtual trunk on a BXM/UXM, the Transmit Trunk Rate (the transmit rate of the virtual trunk) is configurable to match the PCR value of the subscribed public VPC service. In this release, the actual shaping rate for a virtual trunk is higher than the configured Transmit Trunk Rate (CSCdm80482). The actual virtual trunk shaping rates are 1/(n x 680 x 10-9) cps, where n is an integer from 1 to 29,411. In this release, the user-configured Transmit Trunk Rate is rounded to the next higher (as opposed to lower) actual shaping rate.
    



  To configure a virtual trunk so that the actual shaping rate is no greater than the PCR value of the subscribed public VPC service, the following steps can be taken:





Step 1	  Determine the n such that 1/(n x 680 x 10-9) cps (the actual shaping rate) is no greater than the PCR value of the subscribed public PVC service. For example, if the PCR value of the subscribed public PVC service is 10 Mbps or 23,585 cps, the n will be 63 and the actual shaping rate is 23,342.67 cps.



Step 2	  Configure the Transmit Trunk Rate for the virtual trunk to be less than 1/(n x 680 x 10-9) cps but greater than 1/((n+1) x 680 x 10-9) cps. For example, if the PCR value of the subscribed public VPC service is 10 Mbps or 23,585 cps, configure the Transmit Trunk Rate for the virtual trunk to be less than 1/(63 x 680 x 10-9) = 23,342.67 cps but greater than 1/(64 x 680 x 10-9) = 22,977.94 cps.





 



    

    	4. The cloud port to which a virtual trunk is connected should have ILMI polling disabled. Otherwise, it could lead to a virtual trunk being clear on one end and declaring Virtual Trunk Path Failure at the other end (CSCdm52909).
    

    	5. For performance reasons, AIS connection status is not sent to the standby BCC. After switchcc, it may take a few minutes to update the AIS connection status. If dspcon does not show the proper status of AIS or the dspalms screen shows the incorrect number of AIS, (after switchcc) wait a few minutes until the status gets updated. (the dspalms and dspcon commands show the status of AIS.)
    

    	6. Hitless Rebuild has similar limitations to that of a switchcc and full rebuild:
    




    

    	7. UVM cards in Y-redundancy will mismatch if one is burned with Idle Code Suppression Firmware and the other is not.
    



  When installing/burning Idle Code Suppression Firmware on UVM pairs, the Y-redundancy must be removed, firmware in both UVM cards burned, and then the Y-redundancy can be restored.




    

    	8. Mismatch is reported when replacing a BXM card with another BXM card that has a different Port Group, even though both BXM cards have the identical channel number.
    

    	9. Care must be taken when changing the Deroute Delay parameter, which is controlled by the cnftrk command. This defaults to zero, but if set to anything but zero, connection rerouting, due to a trunk failure, will be delayed as provided by the parameter.
    

    	10. To provide ABR service on a connection, set up an ABRSTD connection, enable VSVD and enable FCES to allow RM cells to be passed to and from customer equipment. The MCR for such ABRSTD connection can be set at any user-desired value. 
    



  When the network is experiencing congestion, all the affected ABRSTD connections, regardless of the services (ABR or UBR) they are carrying, will all be throttled back at the VSVD points at the network edge. During network congestion, connections carrying UBR services are virtually stopped (to a through-put of mere 6 cps) while connections carrying ABR services can send at a much higher, user desired MCR. This option would avoid the situation where UBR service gains an unfair advantage over ABR service while sharing the same CoS queue.




    

    	11. Reconfiguring the trunk parameter may cause the connection to be rerouted if the changed bandwidth load is smaller than what was used by the connections that use the trunk.
    

    	12. The BXM and UXM channel stat-level feature gives these cards the capability of collecting more than 4 statistics per connection. However, it is the controller card's limitations, available memory and performance, that indicates how many statistics can actually be collected from the cards and then reported to the Cisco Wan Manager (CWM). 
    



  The BCC-3-64 can collect at most three interval statistics per connection when there are 16,000 AutoRoute connections configured on the node. (Interval statistics are those statistics that are reported to the CWM. They are often referred to as TFTP statistics.)


  You can collect approximately 48,000 statistics (3 x 16,000) on the BCC-3-64. This is approximate because there are many variables that will affect this value such as: are peaks enabled, how many buckets are collected, are all connection of the same type, are trunk, line, or port enabled, and so on 


  With this approximation of 48,000 statistics on the BCC-3-64, this then means that, as a rough estimate, you could enable 32 stats on 1,500 connections, 48 stats on 1,000 connections or 9 stats on 5,000 connections, and so on The approximation formula being:   


  max_stats_per_connection = 48,000/number_of_connections 




    

    	13. The transmit rate on an IGX IMA trunk can be altered at the local node without any trunk outage. It is possible that the transmit rates are different at the two ends of an IMA trunk. After this trunk is deleted, it cannot be added back unless the transmit rates are the same. 
    



 Limitations for Release 9.1.x


    

    	1. The maximum number of VC PARMs supported:
    



  In other words, one less than the stated maximum value. 


  VC PARMs are Virtual Circuit Parameters combinations/sets. One set of VC Parameters is used for each unique Virtual Circuit that has been provisioned. Identically provisioned VCs (exclusive of endpoints) use the same set of parameters.




 Limitations for Release 8.x


    

    	1. If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BCC: 
    



  The maximum possible number of ports on the BPX 8600 that can be configured with LMI/ILMI enabled is 52. However, each BPX will support up to a total of 16 feeder trunks and each feeder trunk will have LMI enabled. That is, if a BPX 8600 is configured with only two feeder trunks, then only (52 - 2) = 50 ports can have LMI/ILMI enabled.


  If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BXM firmware:




    

    	2. Virtual Path Connections with cells whose VCI values are above 4095 will be transmitted correctly only if the path is exclusively through BXM trunks and terminates at BXM ports.
    

    	3. The feature of CIR=0 for Frame Relay connections is not supported for connections terminating between FRM cards in IGX nodes and FRSM cards in an MGX 8220 shelf.
    

    	4. SVC Voice Connections are derouted after decreasing the allocated bandwidth (increasing Statistic Reserve). It is the design intent that increasing the statistical reserve will cause SVC conns to be derouted and not be rerouted.(See bug CSCst92308).
    

    	5. For the loadrev operation, it is important that the Cisco Wan Manager/TFTP buffers are maintained at their default size.
    

    	6. Due to a hardware limitation, the BNI trunk will send 13 to 15 percent more traffic than what it is configured for when the trunk is configured for less speed (cps) than the maximum port speed. This is especially important when the BNI trunk is connected to IMATM pairs, which carry less than T3 bandwidth.
    

    	7. When using the shift/no-shift feature on a BPX 8600 node's port card, controlled via the cnfport command, the other end of the connection must have the same setting. Otherwise, there will be a loss of continuity.
    

    	8. When deleting the last trunk from a node, there is a known limitation with the switch software. The deltrk command should always be executed on the node that remains as part of the network, rather than from the node that ends up being removed from the network. This is to ensure that all the necessary updates are sent to the rest of the network (CSCdi85134). Also, If the command is not used as recommended here, a software error 419 could occur (CSCdi91285).
    

    	9. Due to Trunk-Based Loading, any commands having to do with trunk loading and the load model (dspload, chklm, dsplm, and so on) need to be done only after waiting a certain period of time. This time is directly a function of the trunk load update interval time (as configurable) plus the conditional update latency time.
    

    	10. The external ABR segment control loop on ForeSight (ABRFST) is an option at the User Interface. It is supported by UXM-E/BXM-E (enhanced versions), but is not supported by UXM/BXM hardware. The user should not enable this option on ForeSight connections (CSCdi92451). In any case, there is no coupling between the loops. 
    

    	11. On a heavily loaded BPX 8600 node, during connection rerouting, the status of a particular connection is indicated as OK even though the line status of the other end of the connection is listed as failed. The connection is in fact OK, because the conditioning of the connection (to update the status for both ends) is done by a low-priority process so that the rerouting of the connections can be given high priority. The status will be eventually updated (CSCdj10762).
    

    	12. The interface between a BXM feeder trunk and an MGX 8220 feeder is always considered to be an NNI interface (CSCdj16808).
    

    	13. When adding more than 4000 connections on a BPX node, the VC polling rate must be changed to a higher interval, to accommodate the additional time needed to poll for the statistics for each VC. The cnfsysparm command, parameter 24 must be changed according to the following:
    



  




 0 to 3999 connections


 Polling Rate: 5 Minutes (or higher)


 


 4000 to 7999 connections


 Polling Rate: 10 Minutes (or higher)


 


 > 8000 connections


 Polling Rate: 15 Minutes 


 












    

    	14. Because the detailed card error event log is not retained within BRAM, this information will be lost should a processor rebuild occur. Therefore, when issuing a dspcderrs command on a particular slot, the display will not show the detailed card error information should rebuild event occur. This functionality has not been modified from previous releases.
    

    	15. When a physical-layer failure (for example, LOS) is detected on the BXM, a Major Alarm is generated, and any connection routed over that port is downed (Fail state). The software sends a command to the remote end of the connection to generate AIS in the egress direction. (CSCdj30543).
    



  Impact:


  Since the connection is in a failed state, AIS is generated in the upstream direction (in addition to the downstream direction). Although this does conform to the letter of the I.610 standard, this is not necessarily what a user would expect to see, because it interferes with the RDI response from the end-to-end connection termination point. (A fault in the downstream direction causes a fault in the upstream direction.)


  Reason for the current implementation:


  The BNI cannot generate AIS. If there is a fault at a BNI trunk, the current mechanism is to cause AIS to be generated by the BXM port by downing the connection. Since the BXM can generate only OAM cells from the RCMP, and the RCMP is in the ingress path, the cells must be backward routed to the egress (egress QE). Also, since end-to-end OAM cells are required, the ingress QE must be configured to drop ALL cells in the ingress path. This creates a break in continuity in the opposite direction, and AIS cells must also be generated at the other end of the same connection, in the upstream direction of the original fault.




    

    	16. There are problems in the fallback mechanism that can cause database corruption. If fallback is performed immediately after upgrading, the Stby_Info revision fields are not yet filled in on the new active CC. They don't get filled in until there is an upcard response from the new locked CC. This causes restart instead of a switchcc. If the locked CC is reset, then fallback immediately, a restart will occur instead of a switchcc (CSCdj30811).
    

    	17. In order to test/simulate the Y-redundant switchover of ASI T3 or E3 pairs, the resetcd command must be used, or by pulling out the active card. It will not be correctly simulated by doing a dncd (down card) on the active card. Using dncd will cause cell discards. (CSCdj08923).
    

    	18. UBR traffic gains an advantage over ABR traffic when UBR and ABR PVC's are combined on the same network. This is because UBR and ABR PVC's share the same Qbin (Class of Service Queue) on the BXM card. ABR PVC's use a flow control mechanism, VSVD, which ensures that traffic sources slow down when the Qbin usage exceeds the EFCI threshold. However, UBR PVC's do not have this throttling mechanism. Therefore, ABR will throttle back, whereas UBR will not. This unfair advantage is not considered a problem, since the decision to share a Qbin for ABR and UBR traffic was intentional. Any best-effort service that one would route over UBR can be routed over ABR(VSVD), with the additional benefit of protecting resources in the network. If UBR and ABR PVC's are required then: 
    



  Option 1—Consider adding all best-effort PVC's as UBR or 


  Option 2—Isolate the ABR and UBR paths by using cnfpref command to ensure that ABR and UBR PVC's do not share the same queues. 


  Option 3—To provide UBR service on a connection, rather than setting up a UBR connection, do the following:





Step 1	  Set up an ABRSTD connection



Step 2	  Enable VSVD



Step 3	  Disable FCES (Flow Control External Segment)



Step 4	  Disable DEFAULT EXTENDED PARAMETERS



Step 5	  Choose policing option "4" to allow access as UBR.1 (PCR policing only). This connection has ABR VSVD in the network and allows UBR.1 access. The MCR for such ABRSTD connection may be set at the minimum acceptable value of 6 cells per second (explained later why to do so). 





 



    

    	19. Combining Frame-Based Traffic Control (FBTC) and non-FBTC connections within a Class of Service can cause FBTC connections to not receive a fair share of bandwidth. For example, if VBR connections are added at a terminating port, and some of these VBR connections have FBTC enabled while other VBR connections have FBTC disabled, the VBR connections with FBTC disabled may obtain all of the excess bandwidth before the connections with FBTC enabled receive any of the excess bandwidth. The same holds true for ABR or UBR connections. This only is relevant where FBTC and non-FBTC connections share a Qbin, either at a port or at a trunk. 
    



 Required Workarounds for Release 9.1.x


    

    	1. When adding a node into an existing network, ensure that its node number is unique prior to actually adding it into the network. Use the rnmnd command, and renumber the individual node while it is still stand-alone. This will make the joining of this node much simpler, and will avoid the problem of node renumbering an active network, as described below.
    

    	2. Currently, T3-3 and T3-2 back cards are not interchangeable between ASI and BNI front cards, as has been the case since the introduction of these cards. The back cards must be configured using cnfbkcd (with setnovram) so as to avoid back card mismatch (CSCdj41999).
    



 Required Workarounds for Release 8.x


    

    	1. There is a problem with node renumbering. Node renumbering (the rnmnd command) should be executed only during a stable network environment and only if absolutely necessary. A stable network environment would be, for example, one in which no connection was added for the past 30 minutes and no topology change was made in the last hour and there are no alarms or node unreachabilities. Node renumbering must be done only when the network is stable to reduce the possibility of certain temporarily blocked messages during the node renumbering process being delivered to the wrong nodes. This would occur after the completion of the node renumbering process. It is recommended that a node be renumbered prior to being added to the network.
    

    	2. The settling time for network-wide updates can take a long time in certain situations, specifically, the settling time for updates due to network-wide topology changes and connections in a large network when a processor switchover occurs. The time is proportional to the number of nodes as well as the number of connections. A general estimate would be 30 seconds per node. During the period of transitions (when the updates are occurring) some network operations such as adding connections might, in some cases, take somewhat longer to complete.
    

    	3. When using Cisco Wan Manager, there could be a problem with communicating with a node that just had a processor switchover. The problem is within the SPARCstation itself and its caching of EtherNet addresses. It can be solved by execution the following command on the workstation as the superuser: # arp -d <node_name>
    

    	4. Users may not use the command addcon slot.1-24 v to add 24 voice connections to a CVM/UVM at once. Instead, they must separate this activity into two or more commands, so that no more than 16 connections are added at once. This is an issue only for voice connections. Data connections can be added using the "1-24" syntax. This also applies when the CVM/UVM circuit line is an E1, in which case "1-32" would apply (CSCdj14319).
    

    	5. When a switchcc is executed on a BPX 8600 configured with two BCC-4 cards and contains a BXM-622 trunk card, there may be a bad clock path problem reported. It is indicated as a Minor Alarm—bad clock path. This is a transitory problem, although the alarm indication persists. To clear this, execute the clrclkalm command.
    



 Additional Documentation

 
 In order to take advantage of the dual SIU when upgrading to the BCC-4, the BPX 8600 node must have a new backplane that has dual traces incorporating with the BCC-4. 


 The command dspbpnv can be issued to verify if the node had the new backplane or the old backplane. The following table details the bit fields for the BCC Backplane NOVRAM format, the display of word 2 describes the backplane type. 


 The command cnfbpnv can be used to configure the backplane, if backplane is so enabled.


  




16 Bit Word

Byte # (hex)

Contents



 0


 0,1


 Hardware revision


 


 1


 2,3


 Backplane Type (usually 0x65=101 decimal)


 


 2


 4,5


 Backplane version (0x0000:old 0x0001:new)


 


 3


 6,7


 Backplane serial number in ASCII - MSB 


 


 4


 8,9


 Backplane serial number in ASCII - MSB 


 


 5


 A,B


 Backplane serial number in LSB


 


 6


 C,D


 Board FAB number, in ASCII - MSB


 


 7


 E,F


 Board FAB number, in ASCII - LSB


 


 8


 10,11


 Board FAB number, in ASCII - LSB


 


 9


 12,13


 Board FAB number, in ASCII - LSB


 


 A


 14,15


 Board FAB number, in ASCII - LSB


 


 B


 16,17


 Board FAB number, in LSB


 


 C


 18,19


 Unused


 


 D


 1A,1B


 Unused


 


 E


 1C,1D


 Unused


 


 F


 1E,1F


 Checksum bytes - NOT SUPPORTED


 












 The peak intervals are controlled to be only those values for which peaks can be accurately collected The rules for peak intervals are as follows:



 Compatibility Notes 


 For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is included in this release package.


 This release will run with Release 4.0.0x, 4.1.0x, or 5.0.0x of the MGX 8220. 


 Compatibility Matrix

 
 MGX 8220 5.0 Firmware Compatibility 

 



PCB Description

CW2000 Name

Latest F/W

Min F/W



 ASC F/W


 ASC


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 ASC Boot


 ASC


 1.0.03


 1.0.01


 


 BNM-T3


 BNM-T3


 n/a


 n/a


 


 BNM-E3


 BNM-E3


 n/a


 n/a


 


 BNM-155


 BNM-155


 n/a


 n/a


 


 FRSM-4T1


 FRSM-4T1


 4.0.20


 4.0.19


 


 FRSM-4E1


 FRSM-4E1


 4.0.20


 4.0.19


 


 FRSM-4T1-C


 FRSM-4T1-C


 4.0.20


 4.0.19


 


 FRSM-4E1-C


 FRSM-4E1-C


 4.0.20


 4.0.19


 


 FRSM Boot


 FRSM-4T1


 4.0.00


 4.0.00


 


 FRSM Boot


 FRSM-4E1


 4.0.00


 4.0.00


 


 FRSM Boot


 FRSM-4T1-C


 4.0.00


 4.0.00


 


 FRSM Boot


 FRSM-4E1-C


 4.0.00


 4.0.00


 


 SRM T1E1 (B)


 SRM-T1E1


 n/a


 n/a


 


 SRM 3T3


 SRM-3T3


 n/a


 n/a


 


 CESM-4T1


 CESM-4T1


 4.0.16


 4.0.15


 


 CESM-4E1


 CESM-4E1


 4.0.16


 4.0.15


 


 CESM Boot


 CESM-4T1


 4.0.01


 4.0.01


 


 CESM Boot


 CESM-4E1


 4.0.01


 4.0.01


 


 CESM-8T1


 CESM-8T1


 5.0.14


 4.1.05


 


 CESM-8E1


 CESM-8E1


 5.0.14


 4.1.05


 


 CESM-8 Boot


 CESM-8T1


 1.0.01


 1.0.01


 


 CESM-8 Boot


 CESM-8E1


 1.0.01


 1.0.01


 


 AUSM-4T1


 AUSM-4T1


 4.0.20


 4.0.19


 


 AUSM-4E1


 AUSM-4E1


 4.0.20


 4.0.19


 


 AUSM Boot


 AUSM-4T1


 4.0.00


 4.0.00


 


 AUSM Boot


 AUSM-4E1


 4.0.00


 4.0.00


 


 FRSM-8T1


 FRSM-8T1


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 FRSM-8E1


 FRSM-8E1


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 FRSM-8T1 Boot


 FRSM-8T1


 1.0.02


 1.0.01


 


 FRSM-8E1 Boot


 FRSM-8E1


 1.0.02


 1.0.01


 


 AUSM-8T1


 AUSM-8T1


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 AUSM-8E1


 AUSM-8E1


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 AUSMB-8T1


 AUSMB-8T1


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 AUSMB-8E1


 AUSMB-8E1


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 AUSM-8T1E1 Boot


 AUSM-8T1


 1.0.02


 1.0.01


 


 AUSM-8T1E1 Boot


 AUSM-8E1


 1.0.02


 1.0.01


 


 AUSM-8T1E1 Boot


 AUSMB-8T1


 1.0.02


 1.0.01


 


 AUSM-8T1E1 Boot


 AUSMB-8E1


 1.0.02


 1.0.01


 


 FRSM-HS1


 FRSM-HS1


 5.0.14


 4.0.16


 


 FRSM-HS1/B


 FRSM-HS1/B


 5.0.14


 4.0.16


 


 FRSM-HS1 Boot


 FRSM-HS1


 1.0.01


 1.0.01


 


 FRSM-HS1 Boot


 FRSM-HS1/B


 1.0.01


 1.0.01


 


 FRSM-HS2


 FRSM-HS2


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 FRSM-HS2 Boot


 FRSM-HS2


 1.0.01


 1.0.01


 


 IMATM


 IMATM-T3T1


 n/s


 n/s


 


 IMATM


 IMATM-E3E1


 n/s


 n/s


 


 IMATM


 IMATMB-T1


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 IMATM


 IMATMB-E1


 5.0.14


 5.0.10


 


 IMATM Boot


 IMATM-T3T1


 n/s


 n/s


 


 IMATM Boot


 IMATM-E3E1


 n/s


 n/s


 


 IMATM Boot


 IMATMB-T1


 1.0.02


 1.0.01


 


 IMATM Boot


 IMATMB-E1


 1.0.02


 1.0.01


 










 MGX 8850 1.1 Firmware Compatibility 

 



PCB Description

CW2000 Name

Latest F/W

Min F/W



 PXM1


 PXM-1


 1.1.24


 1.1.24


 


 PXM1-2-T3E3


 PXM1-2T3E3


 1.1.24


 1.1.24


 


 PXM1-4-155


 PXM1-4OC3


 1.1.24


 1.1.24


 


 PXM1-1-622


 PXM1-OC12


 1.1.24


 1.1.24


 


 MGX-SRM-3T3/B


 SRM-3T3


 n/a


 n/a


 


 AX-CESM-8E1


 CESM-8E1


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 AX-CESM-8T1


 CESM-8T1


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-AUSM-8E1/B


 AUSMB-8E1


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-AUSM-8T1/B


 AUSMB-8T1


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-CESM-T3


 CESM-T3


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-CESM-E3


 CESM-E3


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C


 FRSM-8E1


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C


 FRSM-8T1


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-FRSM-HS2


 FRSM-HS2


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-FRSM-2CT3


 FRSM-2CT3


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-FRSM-2T3E3


 FRSM-2T3


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-FRSM-2T3E3


 FRSM-2E3


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-FRSM-HS1/B


 FRSM-HS1/B


 10.0.12


 10.0.10


 


 MGX-VISM-8T1


 VISM-8T1


 1.5.04


 1.5.01


 


 MGX-VISM-8E1


 VISM-8E1


 1.5.04


 1.5.01


 


 MGX-RPM-128M/B


 RPM


 12.1(1)T


 12.0(7)T


 










 BPX 8600 Firmware Compatibility 

 



PCB Description

dspcds Name

Card Name in FW Image 

Model

Latest F/W

Min F/W



 BCC-3-64 boot


 BCC-3


 BCC


 D


 HDM


 HDM


 


 BCC4 boot


 BCC-4


 BCC


 E


 HEM


 HEM


 


 BCC4-128 boot


 BCC-4


 BCC


 H


 HHM


 HHM


 


 ASI 2T3/2E3


 ASI-T3


 ASI


 B


 n/s


 n/s


 


 ASI 2T3/2E3


 ASI-E3


 ASI


 B


 n/s


 n/s


 


 ASI 2T3/2E3


 ASI-T3


 ASI


 C


 UCF


 UCF


 


 ASI 2T3/2E3


 ASI-E3


 ASI


 C


 UCF


 UCF


 


 ASI-155


 ASI-155


 ASI-155


 B


 n/s


 n/s


 


 ASI-155-E


 ASI155E


 ASI-155


 D


 n/s


 n/s


 


 ASI-155-E


 ASI155E


 ASI-155


 E


 WEC


 WEC


 


 ASI-155


 ASI-155


 ASI-155


 H


 WHC


 WHC


 


 ASM


 ASM


 


 A


 GAC


 GAC


 


 BNI-3T3/3E3


 BNI-T3


 BNI


 C


 TCM


 TCM


 


 BNI-3T3/3E3


 BNI-E3


 BNI


 C


 TCM


 TCM


 


 BNI-155


 BNI-155


 BNI-155


 B


 VBR


 VBR


 


 BNI-155-E


 BNI155E


 BNI-155


 D


 VDR


 VDR


 


 BXM-BME


 BME


 BME


 K


 MKA


 MKA


 


 BXM-T3-8/12


 BXM-T3


 BXM


 F


 MFF


 MFB


 


 BXM-E3-8/12


 BXM-E3


 BXM


 F


 MFF


 MFB


 


 BXM-155-4/8


 BXM-155


 BXM


 F


 MFF


 MFB


 


 BXM-622/622-2


 BXM-622


 BXM


 F


 MFF


 MFB


 


 BXM-T3-8E/12E/12EX


 BXM-T3


 BXM


 F


 MFF


 MFB


 


 BXM-E3-8E/12E/12EX


 BXM-E3


 BXM


 F


 MFF


 MFB


 


 BXM-155-4D/8D/4DX/8DX


 BXM-155


 BXM


 F


 MFF


 MFB


 


 BXM-622-2D/DX/2DX


 BXM-622


 BXM


 F


 MFF


 MFB


 










 IGX 8400 Firmware Compatibility







Note   For the VSI/MPLS feature, the UXM firmware needs to be upgraded to revision ACA. The upgrade procedure has changed.




 The following steps are required to upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACA:



Step 1	  Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.10.



Step 2	  Upgrade the UXM boot code to boot 8.



Step 3	  Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ABJ or greater.



Step 4	  After the card comes up, upgrade the run-time firmware to revision ACA.



Step 5	  Enable Qbins 10 to 14 on all UXM interfaces by using the cnfqbin command. (The existing bugs are CSCds00067 and CSCds25536).



Step 6	  Configure the VSI partitions and controllers. 



Step 7	  Configure the VSI connections on the new cards, and confirm that VSI traffic is flowing. 





 








Warning If these procedures are not followed, there is a big possibility that the card will enter a state from which it can NOT be recovered. Please refer to Appendix B for more information about loading the new firmware.






  




PCB Description

dspcds Name

Card Name in Firmware Image 

Model

Latest F/W

Min F/W



 NPM 32 boot


 NPM


 NPM


 B


 RBS


 RBS


 


 NPM 64 boot


 NPM


 NPM|NPM-64


 C


 RCS


 RCS


 


 NPM-B 32 boot


 NPM


 NPM|NPM-32B


 E


 RES


 RES


 


 NPM-B 64 boot


 NPM


 NPM|NPM-64B


 F


 RFS


 RFS


 


 IGX-CVM-DS0A


 CVM


 CVM


 A


 DAF


 DAF


 


 IGX-CVM


 CVM


 CVM


 B


 DBF


 DBF


 


 IGX-CVM-TT


 CVM


 CVM


 C


 DCA


 DCA


 


 IGX-FRM


 FRM


 FRM


 D


 FDZ


 FDZ


 


 IGX-FRM-31


 FRM


 FRM-31


 E


 FEZ


 FEZ


 


 IGX-FRM-2


 FRM


 FRM-2


 F


 FFD


 FFD


 


 FRM(B)


 FRM


 FRM


 H


 FHB


 FHB


 


 IGX-FRM


 FRM


 FRM


 J


 FJB


 FJB


 


 IGX-FRM-31


 FRM


 FRM-31


 K


 FKB


 FKA


 


 IGX-HDM


 HDM


 HDM


 C


 SCF


 SCF


 


 IGX-LDM


 LDM


 LDM


 C


 LCC


 LCC


 


 IGX-NTM


 NTM


 NTM


 E


 NEK


 NEK


 


 IGX-NTM (B)


 NTM


 NTM


 F


 NFK


 NFK


 


 IGX-UFM-4C/8C


 UFM


 UFM-C


 A


 ZAT


 ZAN


 


 IGX-UFM-4C/8C


 UFM


 UFM-C


 B


 ZBD


 ZBA


 


 IGX-UFM-U


 UFMU


 UFM-U


 A


 YAL


 YAJ


 


 IGX-UFM-U


 UFMU


 UFM-U


 B


 YBC


 YBA


 


 IGX-UVM


 UVM


 UVM


 D


 DDF


 DDF


 


 IGX-UVM


 UVM


 UVM


 E


 DEF


 DEE


 


 IGX-UXM


 UXM


 UXM


 B


 ABJ


 ABH


 


 IGX-UXME


 UXM


 UXM


 B


 ABJ


 ABH


 

















Note   IGX-UVM model E is a super set of models A, B, and C firmware. A, B, and C are obsolete and should not be used.




 MGX 8220 5.0 Hardware Compatibility 

 



Card Type

Hardware Revisions

Image Type



 ASC


 AH, AJ, AK, AL, AM, AN, AP, AR


 ASC


 


 ASC/B


 AN


 ASC


 


 ASC2


 BA, BB, BC, BD, BE, BF


 ASC


 


 ASC2F


 BA, BB, BC, BD, BE, BF


 ASC


 


 BNM-T3


 AJ, BA, BB, BC, BD


 ASC


 


 BNM-T3/B


 BE, BF


 ASC


 


 BNM-E3


 AA, AB, AC


 ASC


 


 BNM-E3/B


 AD, AE


 ASC


 


 BNM-155


 AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AH


 ASC


 


 SRM-T1E1


 AB, AC, BA, BB, BC


 ASC


 


 SRM-T1E1/B


 BD


 ASC


 


 SRM-3T3, SRM-ET3/B


 BA, BB, BC, BD, BE, BF


 ASC


 


 FRSM-4T1E1


 AJ, BK, BL, BM, BN, BP, BQ, CA, CB, CC, CE


 ASC


 


 FRSM-8T1E1


 AA, AB, AC


 FRSM


 


 FRSM-HS1


 AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AH, AJ


 FRSM-8T1E1


 


 FRSM-HS1/B


 AA


 FRSM-HS1


 


 FRSM-HS2


 800-029099-03 AO, 800-02909-04 AO


 FRSM-HS2


 


 CESM-RT1E1


 AA, BA, BB, BC


 CESM


 


 AUSM-4T1E1


 AA, AB, AC, BA, BB, BC, BD


 AUSM


 


 AUSM-8T1E1


 AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF


 AUSM-8T1E1


 


 AUSM-8T1E1/B


 AA


 AUSM-8T1E1


 


 IMATM-8T1E1


 AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AG


 IMATM8


 


 IMATM-8T1E1/B


 AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF


 IMATM8


 


 CESM-8T1E1


 AA, AB, AC


 CESM-8T1E1


 










 BPX 8600 Hardware Compatibility 

 



Card Type

Part Numbers

Latest H/W

Min. H/W



 Controller Cards


 


 


 


 


 BPX-BCC-64M= (Non-Orderable)


 800-04008-04


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BCC-BC= (Non-Orderable)


 73-211380-00


 D


 A


 


 BPX-BCC-3-64M


 73-3720-02


 R


 J


 


 BCC-3BC


 800-02916-01


 E


 A


 


 BPX-BCC4V


 800-03580-06


 E


 C


 


 BPX-BCC-4V/B


 800-06483-02


 C


 A


 


 ASI-2T3


 73-216330-00


 F


 A


 


 ASI-2E3


 73-216330-01


 F


 A


 


 ASI-155E


 73-214250-00


 H


 F


 


 ASI-155E


 73-21800-02


 J


 A


 


 Alarm Group


 


 


 


 


 BPX-ASM


 800-04009-01


 C


 A


 


 BPX-ASM-BC


 73-211910-00


 C


 A


 


 ASM-LM


 800-211910-10


 B


 A


 


 Broadband Switch Group


 


 


 


 


 BPX-BME


 800-02855-04


 B


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-T3-8


 800-02777-07 


 J


 B


 


 BPX-BXM-T3-8E


 800-03933-02 


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-E3-8


 800-02779-07


 J


 B


 


 BPX-BXM-E3-8E


 800-03928-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-T3-12


 800-02776-07


 J


 B


 


 BPX-BXM-T3-12E


 800-03931-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-T3-12EX


 800-03934-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-E3-12


 800-02778-07


 J


 B


 


 BPX-BXM-E3-12E


 800-03929-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-E3-12EX


 800-03930-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-T3/E3-BC


 73-2759-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-155-8


 800-02664-07


 J


 B (C for APS)


 


 BPX-MMF-155-8-BC


 800-03255-01


 B


 A


 


 BPX-SMF-155-8-BC


 800-03257-01


 B


 A


 


 BPX-SMFLR-155-8-BC


 800-02593-02


 B


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-155-4


 800-02666-07


 J


 B (C for APS)


 


 BPX-BXM-E-155-4D


 800-03094-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-E-155-8D


 800-03092-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-E-155-4DX


 800-03093-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-E-155-8DX


 800-03091-02


 A


 A


 


 BPX-MMF-155-4-BC


 800-03256-02


 B


 A


 


 BPX-SMF-155-4-BC


 800-03258-01


 B


 A


 


 BPX-SMFLR-155-4-BC


 800-02594-02


 B


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-622


 800-02646-10


 M 


 D (E for APS)


 


 BPX-BXM-622-2


 800-02638-10


 M 


 D (E for APS)


 


 BPX-BXM-E-622-2D


 800-03150-02


 A 


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-E-622-DX


 800-03151-02


 A 


 A


 


 BPX-BXM-E-622-2DX


 800-03149-02


 A 


 A


 


 BPX-622-2-BC


 73-2884-01


 D


 A


 


 BPX-SMF-622-BC


 800-03249-01


 C


 A


 


 BPX-SMF-622-2-BC


 800-03251-01


 C


 A


 


 BPX-SMFLR-622-BC


 800-03250-01


 C


 A


 


 BPX-SMFLR-622-2-BC


 800-03252-01


 D


 A


 


 BPX-XLR-622


 800-02738-01


 C


 A


 


 BPX-XLR-622-2


 800-02739-01


 C


 A


 


 BPX-BME-OC12


 73-2469-07


 F


 A


 


 RDNT-SMF-155-4R


 800-03677-01


 J


 A


 


 RDNT-SMF-155-8R


 800-03679-01


 K


 A


 


 RDNT-LR-155-8R


 800-03678-01


 J


 A


 


 RDNT-LR-622-2R


 800-03676-01


 F


 A


 


 RDNT-SMF-622R


 800-03675-01


 F


 A


 


 RDNT-SMF-622-2R


 800-03674-01


 J


 A


 


 BPX-STM1-EL-4


 800-03716-02


 A


 A


 


 BNI-3-T3/C


 800-02858-02


 A


 A


 


 BNI-3-E3/C


 800-02859-02


 A


 A


 


 BNI-155E


 73-218100-01


 K


 A


 


 BNI-2-155/B


 73-4133-01


 L


 L


 


 BPX-T3/E3


 800-03058-02


 E


 A


 


 BPX-E3-BC


 73-213070-01


 E


 A


 


 BPX-MMF-2-BC


 73-214290-00


 D


 A


 


 BPX-SMF-2-BC


 73-216270-00


 D


 A


 


 BPX-SMFLR-2-BC


 73-216270-01


 D


 A


 


 SMF-LM-OC3


 800-216270-10


 C


 A


 


 SMF-LM-OC3-LR


 800-216270-11


 C


 A


 


 MMF-LM-OC3


 800-214290-10


 B


 A


 


 LM-3T3


 800-213070-10


 D


 A


 


 LM-3E3


 800-213070-11


 D


 A


 










 IGX 8400 Hardware Compatibility 

 



Card Type

Part Numbers

Latest H/W

Min. H/W

Comments



 Controller Cards


 


 


 


 


 


 IGX-NPM-32


 73-2894-01


 W


 A


 


 


 IGX-NPM-64


 73-2895-01


 W


 A


 


 


 IGX-NPM-32B


 73-2554-04


 L


 A


 


 


 IGX-NPM-64B


 73-2363-02


 C


 A


 


 


 IGX-SCM


 73-3341-01


 Y


 A


 Revision X or later for nodes with UXM IMA trunks


 


 Alarm Group


 


 


 


 


 


 IGX-ARM


 73-218230-00


 B


 A


 


 


 BC-512011


 73-212360-00


 D


 A


 


 


 Trunk Group


 


 


 


 


 


 IGX-NTM


 73-2296-04


 E


 A


 


 


 BC-6271A-TI


 73-207380-00


 M


 A


 


 


 BC-6171A-E1


 73-207370-01


 P


 A


 


 


 BC-6083A-SR


 73-208540-00


 J


 A


 


 


 BC-550150-Y1


 73-210820-01


 D


 A


 


 


 ACM1 


 73-2921-03


 W


 A


 


 


 BC-571110A-T3


 73-2879-01


 L


 A


 


 


 BC-571210A-E3


 73-2679-01


 K


 A


 


 


 BC-571310A-E2


 73-215940-00


 D


 A


 


 


 BC-571410A-HSSI


 73-216370-00


 A


 A


 


 


 IGX-UXM


 73-2511-03


 D


 A


 


 


 IGX-UXM-E


 


 A


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-4-155-SMF


 73-2703-03


 D


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-4-155-MMF


 73-2705-03


 D


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-2-155-SMF


 73-2699-03


 C


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-2SMFXLR


 


 A


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-4SMFXLR


 


 A


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-6-T3


 73-2952-02


 A


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-3-T3


 73-2954-02


 A


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-6-E3


 73-2953-02


 A


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-3-E3


 73-2955-02


 A


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-8-E1-BNC


 73-2932-02


 C


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-4-E1-BNC


 73-3061-01


 C


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-8-T1-DB15


 73-2941-02


 C


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-8-E1-DB15


 73-2942-02


 C


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-4-T1-DB15


 73-3059-01


 C


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-4-E1-DB15


 73-3060-01


 C


 A


 


 


 BC-UAI-4-STM1E


 73-3364-02


 A


 A


 


 


 Port Group


 


 


 


 


 


 ACM1A


 73-2930-03


 W


 A


 


 


 IGX-HDM


 73-2853-02


 H


 F


 *Show SDP H/W Rev, DM=SDP+ACM2


 


 ACM2


 73-2922-03


 T


 A


 


 


 BC-5082A-V35


 73-2450-01


 K


 A


 


 


 BC-5083A-RS449


 73-204850-00


 V


 A


 


 


 BC-5084B-RS232


 73-2723-01


 W


 A


 


 


 IGX-LDM


 73-207250-00


 K


 A


 *Show LDP H/W Rev, LDM=LDP+ACM1A


 


 BC-5286A-RS232


 73-207180-01


 L


 A


 LDI-4RS232


 


 BC-5287A-RS232


 73-207180-00


 L


 A


 LDI-8RS232


 


 IGX-CVM-DSOA


 73-3002-02


 D


 A*


 *Show CDP H/W Rev, CVM=CDP+ACM1A


 


 IGX-CVM-T1EC


 73-3003-03


 E


 A*


 *Show CDP H/W Rev, CVM=CDP+ACM1A


 


 IGX-CVM-E1EC


 73-209660-00


 H*


 A*


 *Show CDP H/W Rev, CVM=CDP+ACM1A


 


 IGX-CVM-TT


 


 


 


 


 


 BC-6271A-TI


 73-207380-00


 M


 A


 


 


 BC-6171A-E1


 73-207370-01


 P


 A


 


 


 BC-550100-J1


 73-210820-00


 C


 A


 


 


 IGX-FRM


 73-2517-03


 N


 A


 


 


 IGX-FRM-31


 73-2517-03


 N


 A


 


 


 IGX-FRM-2


 73-2519-01


 M*


 A*


 *Show FRP H/W Rev, FRM-2=FRP+ACM1A


 


 BC-6251B-V35


 73-3253-01


 M


 A


 FRI-4V.35-2


 


 BC-6254A-X21


 73-211440-00


 H


 A


 FRI-X.21


 


 BC-6355A-X21


 73-214120-01


 C


 A


 FRI-2X21


 


 IGX-UFM-4C


 73-2531-05


 R


 A


 Needs a minimum of ZAS/ZBC Firmware


 


 IGX-UFM-8C


 73-2531-05


 R


 A


 Needs a minimum of ZAS/ZBC Firmware


 


 BC-UFI-8T1-DB15


 73-2444-02


 D


 A


 


 


 BC-UFI-8E1-DB15


 73-2445-02


 D


 A


 


 


 BC-UFI-8E1-BNC


 73-2449-02


 D


 A


 


 


 IGX-UFM-U


 73-2349-04


 D


 A


 


 


 BC-UFI-12V35


 73-2711-01


 D


 A


 


 


 BC-UFI-12X21


 73-2712-01


 D


 A


 


 


 BC-UFI-4HSSI


 73-2693-01


 C


 A


 


 


 IGX-UVM


 73-2361-04


 K


 B


 


 


 BC-UVI-2E1EC


 73-2420-01


 B


 A


 


 


 BC-UVI-2T1EC


 73-2373-01


 C


 A


 


 


 BC-UVI-2S1EC


 73-2374-01


 A


 A


 


 










 Known Anomalies

 
 The following is the list of known anomalies in this Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem. A more in-depth discussion is available in the release note enclosure of the problem record in Bug Navigator.


  




Bug ID 

Description



 CSCdp45833


 Symptom:


 Users of VNS may experience poor voice quality. a dspchst command on the connections shows data in one direction. 


 When the xlat_verify command is run software error 332 is logged with FFF1 in the data field. This is usually on the slave and via nodes of the leftover SVC. The master node shows it as deleted. A dspcon command n the slave and a dspviacons on the vias show the leftover connection. 


 Conditions:


 CSCdm86633 in Release 9.1.16 fixed most occurrences but not all of the dangling SVC connections. Occasionally poor voice conditions occur.


 Workaround:


 Manual updates could be sent through the updates 3 * command to clean-up dangling SVC lcons. 


 


 CSCdp50091


 Symptom:


 data_channel table not updating with 9.1.15 sw. code


 The data_channel table in the SV+ store information on the HDM/LDM port. Following an upgrade from pre-9.1.11 release to a 9.1.11 or higher release the data_channel table is empty on SV+. The node is fine. 


 Conditions: 


 Upgrade from a release before 9.1.11 to a release 9.1.11 or higher. 


 Workaround:


 Configure the port using cnfchutl or cnfchdfm.


 


 CSCdp51531


 Symptom:


 A software error 21 is logged when a UBR connection is added on an ASI-155 card. 


 Conditions:


 Prior to Release 9.1.17, this error was logged when the UBR connection has CLP disabled, and the PCR was less than 10 cps. 


 In Release 9.1.17 and later, the error is logged under two conditions; when the UBR connection has CLP enabled, OR when CLP is disabled on a connection with PCR is less than 10 cps. 


 Workaround:


 When adding the connection, do not enable the "CLP Setting." This will avoid a software error and ensure that the connection is programmed correctly. 


 


 CSCdp56458


 Symptom:


 A software error 34 occurs while running any of the following commands on the BPX: 


 addlnloclp, addlnlo, crmtlp, cnfch, cnfqbin, cnfrsrc, cnfvsiif, dspvsiif, cnfvsipart, dellnlp, dspch, dspqbin, dspqbinstats, dsprsrc, dspvsipartcnf, dspvsip,artinfo, dspapsln, addapsln, delapsln, switchapsln, cnfapsln 


 Conditions:


 This occur onlys when a 3-part address (slot.port.subid) is entered for one of the above commands, specifically for an ASI slot. 


 Customer Impact:


 This is a case where the software is being too zealous with its error detection and notification.  The software will first warn the user that the 3 part address is not acceptable for the ASI, then it will log the software error. 


 The error is simply indicating that an incorrect address was entered for an ASI, but we've already warned the user of that. The software error is unnecessary and redundant. 


 Work Around: 


 Try to avoid entering invalid 3 part address for ASI slots, and if you do, simply clear the software eSymptomrror log—assuming there are only software error 34's in the log. 


 


 CSCdp73084


 Symptom:


 The port speed (bandwidth) is not being displayed for the upport, cnfport, dspport or dnport screens. 


 Conditions:


 This happens for all BPX ports. 


 Customer Impact:


 The customer cannot use any of the afore mentioned commands to see the port speed. 


 Work Around: 


 The port speed can be displayed by using dspportq.


 


 CSCdr79193


 Symptom:


 The UXM OC-3 card goes into Active-F state when any port/trunk is in LOS. 


 Condition: 


 This only happens on a UXM OC-3 card when any of the ports/trunks is in LOS state. 


 Workaround:


 Down the port/trunk. 


 


 CSCdr88977


 Symptom:


 A software error 618 (AUTO_DEL_NIBTOPO) is logged during a full node rebuild. 


 Condition: 


 This will only happens if there is an inconsistency found between the trunk_config and the topo_info of a particular trunk during anode rebuild (for example, Trunk_config says that there is no trunk upped but the corresponding top_info says that there is trunk upped). 


 Workaround:


 None. 


 


 CSCdr93214


 Symptom:


 A software error 504 (memory error) occurs, followed by a software error 502. The 504 memory error has historically been found to be caused by a bad BCC. 


 Workaround:


 Replace the BCC. 


 


 CSCdr95604


 Symptom:


 The transmit rate for the UXM regular and virtual trunk cannot be changed after the trunk was added. 


 Conditions:


 The UXM regular and virtual trunk except the IMA trunk does not allow the transmit rate to be changed after the trunk was added. This DDTS is an enhancement for the UXM trunk including T1/E1, T3/E3, and OC-3 regular trunk and virtual trunk. 


 Workaround:


 None. 


 


 CSCds04587


 Symptom:


 Software error 20 is logged. 


 Conditions:


 When the UVM card receives a packet with an out of range VCI. 


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCds06534


 Symptoms:


 Software error 1417 is logged at the master node when connections reroute.


 Conditions:


 On IGX and BPX nodes using the cost-based routing feature. 


 Workaround:


 Configure the maximum routing bundle size to "1" (cnfcmparm). Connections will take longer to reroute. Disable the cost-based routing feature.


 


 CSCds10839


 Symptoms:


 A negative value of stat reserve is prompted when reducing the Trunk Transmit Rate using cnftrk. 


 Conditions:


 This happens when an attempt is made to reduce the Trunk Transmit Rate to a value less than the (VSI bandwidth + stat reserve) configured on the trunk. The problem is seen only in release 9.3.10. 


 Workaround:


 Do not attempt to reduce the Trunk Transmit Rate to a value less than the (VSI bandwidth + stat reserve) configured on the trunk. 


 


 CSCds10851


 Symptoms:


 There are 2 problems that are described here. 


 1. When the stat reserve for an IMA trunk is increased (using cnftrk) software does not check whether the number of retained links is enough to support the new stat reserve. If some of the physical lines on the IMA trunk go down in this case, leaving only the configured number of retained links active, the trunk would show no alarm. But because there isn't enough BW for the stat reserve, CC traffic may get dropped resulting in unreachabilities in the network. Also, if an attempt is made to do a cnftrk on the same trunk later, the software will then warn the user about the number of retained links. 


 2. When the VSI minimum BW for a partition on an IMA trunk is increased (using cnfrsrc), software does not check whether the number of retained links is enough to guarantee the minimum bandwidth. If some of the physical lines on the IMA trunk go down in this case, leaving only the configured number of retained links active, the trunk would show no alarm. But because there is not enough BW for the minimum VSI BW guaranteed, there maybe some drop in VSI traffic. Also, if an attempt is made to do a cnftrk on the same trunk later, the software will then warn the user about the number of retained links. But the warning will not mention VSI BW. It will only mention the stat reserve. 


 Conditions:


 These 2 problems happen only for IMA trunks. They are manifested only if the number of retained links is reduced to a value which less than the minimum required to support the stat reserve and the VSI BW. 


 Reducing the number of retained links on an IMA trunk by itself will not cause loss of traffic. Only if some of the physical lines on the IMA trunk fail leaving only the number of retained links active will there be any traffic loss. 


 Problem 1 has been confirmed as present in 9.3.05 & 9.3.00. It has probably existed since the first release that the added IMA trunks feature. 


 Problem 2 is new in 9.3.10. 


 Workaround:


 1. When increasing the stat reserve on an IMA trunk, ensure that the new value of stat reserve can be supported with only the number of retained links active. 


 2. When increasing the VSI minimum bandwidth on an IMA trunk, ensure that the new value of VSI bandwidth can be supported with only the number of retained links active. 


 


 CSCds11473


 Symptoms:


 Software error 9082 (CHL_CNF_BAD_CMD_ERR) logged with error code 0x1EF when attempting to add a connection with VPI=0, on an IGX node with MPLS Controllers attached. 


 The error code can be obtained from the first and second lines of the detailed software log as follows: 


 USP 306B8784 30 53 5A B8 00 00 23 7A 04 03 00 52 00 00 00 03 0SZ...#z...R.... 


 where 04 : slot number
03 : errored object (03 - lcn)
52 : errored function code (0x52)
03 : state of slot (03 - active)


 USP 306B8794 01 EF XX YY 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ......x0........ 


 where 01 EF : firmware error code
XX YY : lcn for which the error occurred


 Conditions:


 The error occurs when an attempt is made to add a connection with a VPI and VCI that is already being used for an MPLS signalling VC. 


 Workaround:


 Never attempt to add a connection with a VPI and VCI that is already being used for an MPLS signalling VC. Once the software error has been logged: (1) identify the connection that caused the problem. For this, find the lcn from the detailed software log and use the command dspchmap. (2) Delete the connection immediately using delcon. 


 Further Problem Description: 


 The way to avoid to getting into this situation is to configure the signalling VC on the MPLS Controller such that it is within the VSI partition. In other words, instead of having the signalling VC as 0/32, configure the signalling VC on X/32 where X is the starting VPI of the VSI partition configuration for the control port interface. 


 


 CSCds25536


 Symptoms: 


 VSI traffic does not flow after the UXM firmware is upgraded to revision ACA.


 Conditions:


 This occurs when the UXM firmware is upgraded after upgrading the 9.3.10 software.


 Workaround:


 This occurs because the VSI Qbins (10-15) are not programmed during the upgrade process. Enable all the Qbins of all UXM interfaces by using the cnfqbin command. The VSI traffic will then flow.


 









.


 Known Anomalies from Previous Releases

 
  




Bug ID 

Description



 CSCdp85319


 Duplicate of CSCdm29466 which was fixed in Release 9.2.33 but has not been integrated in Release 9.3.


 


 CSCdp86866


 Duplicate of CSCdr15924 which was fixed in Release 9.3.05


 


 CSCdr10771


 Closed. This problem could not be consistently repeated.


 


 CSCdr37532


 Duplicate of CSCdr73183 which was fixed in Release 9.3


 


 CSCdr71825


 Closed. This problem could not be consistently repeated.


 












 Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.10

 
 Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.3.10 Switch Software release. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.


  




Bug ID 

Description



 CSCdk19709


 Symptom:


 BPX cards may be incorrectly detected as "suspected of failure."


 Conditions: 


 When the BCC self-test is enabled, the system may incorrectly declare several cards as "suspected of failure". This is because the cells used in the crosspoint tests are not unique and may get confused with a neighbor node causing an incorrect declaration of failure. The fix for this was integrated in 9.1.03 and 9.2.00. Subsequent to this release, another suspect card failure occurred involving trunk cards which has been resolved and is awaiting release. 


 Workaround: 


 Ignore "Suspected of failure" error in the event log or disable the BCC self-test.   


 


 CSCdm29466


 


 Symptom: 


 A trunk was made VSI only and then changed to VSI + Auto Route. Afterwards, addtrk was failing. This is most likely caused due to VSI database inconsistencies during switchyred. 


 Condition: 


 This will occur only if VSI is configured on the trunk. 


 Workaround: 


 Delete and add the partitions on both the trunks - now addtrk should succeed. 


 


 CSCdp73606


 Symptom:


 When the line is downed the LED will remain on 


 Conditions:


 The line is downed by using dnln command but the LED does not reflect the DOWN condition. It stays in green. 


 Workaround:


 None. 


 Further Problem Description:


 The LED should be in RED when the line is downed or inactive. It should be in green when it is active and up. 


 


 CSCdr32235


 Symptom:


 The cnfportstats, dspportstathist, and dspstrec user-interface commands display all port statistics, including invalid ones for a given port. 


 Conditions:


 The following conditions are required:


 1. Port statistic sampling is ON (on2 13). 


 2. The user issues a cnfportstats, dspportstathist, or dspstrec command on a particular port. 


 3. The list of port statistics displayed includes the invalid port statistics for a given port


 Workarounds: 


 No ne. This has been fixed, so that only valid statistics are displayed. 


 


 CSCdr43694


 Symptom:


 After a trunk went down or up, several PVC's did not reroute due to inconsistent LU at the endpoints. The available bandwidth throughout the network was verified to support the reroute. Attempts to reroute these connections were unsuccessful. 


 Conditions:


 This is observed when rerouting occurs after some network activities (for example. trunks going down). Prior to this, the network operator has reconfigured some connections (for example. via cnfcon), and those transactions were incomplete. Incomplete cnfcon transactions warnings were not always displayed. 


 Workaround:


 1. At either end of the connection, preferably at the master end, issue a cnfcon command with a slightly different set of connection attributes (for example, 99%util instead of 100%, 56 cells instead of 50, and so on). 
2. Issue a cnfcon command with the exact desired attributes. 
3. Issue a rrtcon for the failed connection at the master end in order to kick-start the semi-permanently failed connection into rerouting. 


 


 CSCdr48340


 Symptom: 


 A dspnw command used on a node with IMA virtual trunks causes a software error 1423 or 1M3 abort 


 Conditions: 


 IMA Virtual trunks are present on the node and are added to the network. Also, the node names are 5 or more characters. 


 Workaround:


 Reduce the node name to 4 characters or fewer. Or, if possible, delete the IMA virtual trunks from the network. 


 Further Problem Description:


 This is due to an overflow in the dspnw display screen. Although this problem appears to be serious, it is limited to the display and database corruptions do not occur. 


 


 CSCdr53164


 Symptom:


 VSI partition reconfiguration failed when a new VPI is specified as an old VPI+1. 


 Conditions:


 This problem occurs when a new VPI configuration is specified as an old VPI+1. A specified other VPI value is working. 


 Workaround:


 Do not specify old VPI+1 as a new VPI configuration (old VPI+2 will work). 


 


 CSCdr53669


 Symptom:


 ILMI session is automatically active on an port interface. 


 Condition: 


 Enable an interface as a port. Earlier on this interface, there were virtual trunks active and they were downed using a dntrk command. 


 Workaround:


 Reset the BXM card. Alternately, enable ILMI on the port using a cnfport command and set "Protocol by card" option to "Y." Than disable the ILMI on the port using cnfport. 


 


 CSCdr68507


 Symptom:


 Event log for IGX port loopback deletion displays <slot>.<port>.16384.65536. 


 Conditions:


 This problem occurs only when connection event logging is enabled (via cnffunc). 


 Workaround:


 The spurious VPI and VCI values can be ignored. 


 


 CSCdr70502


 Symptom:


 There are minor modifications needed to the dspsvmsg user command. This is a debug command that is not used in the field. 


 Workaround:


 None. Some small display enhancements are needed. This will have no impact at customer sites. 


 


 CSCdr71705


 Symptom: 


 When deleting remote or local-remote loopbacks on connections terminating on virtual ports, the log entry at the remote node shows a 5-part address (slot.port.vport.vpi.vci) instead of a 4-part address (slot.port.vpi.vci). 


 Conditions: 


 This problem occurs when:
1. The connection terminates on virtual port
2. The connection loops back using addrmtlp or addlocrmtlp
3. The connection event logging is turned on (cnffunc 7 e) 


 Workaround: 


 None. However, the virtual port number (third part of the address) can be safely ignored. 


 


 CSCdr71781


 Symptom:


 The upln/uptrk command causes a software error 3000.


 Conditions:


 When there are many connections being rerouted and a upln or uptrk command is issued from the CLI 


 Workaround:


 None. To avoid the error, issue the commands after rerouting is complete. 


 


  CSCdr72296


 Symptom:


 Software error 26 is logged after SNMP access of slotCardMaxPortBusBW for UXM with no back card. 


 Conditions: 


 This problem only occurs when the UXM does not have a back card inserted. 


 Workaround: 


 Insert a UXM back card. 


 


  CSCdr73183


 Symptoms: 


 1. The software error log fills with 111's when there are 23 interfaces on the BXM slot. 
2. The statistics listed below are not being collected on all or some of the trunks/ports on the BXM card. PORT STATS: Number of cells rcvd w/clp 0 Number of cells rcvd w/CLP set Number of cells dscd w/clp 0 Number of cells dscd w/clp 0 Number of cells dscd w/clp set Number of cells tx w/clp 0 Number of cells tx w/clp 0 OAM cells received count Tx OAM cell count Rx RM cell count Tx RM cell count TRUNK STATS: Cells RX with CLP0 Cells Rx with CLP1 Cells RX Discard with CLP0 Cells RX Discard with CLP1 Cells TX with CLP0 Cells TX with CLP1 Ingress OAM Cell Count Egress OAM Cell Count Ingress RM cell count Egress RM cell count Total Cells Tx from port BXM: Total Cells RX 


 Conditions: 


 This will only occur on a BXM card. When there are exactly 23 interfaces configured on the card the software error 111's will be logged and the automatic polling for VI statistics (listed above) will completely stop. When there are more than 23 interfaces then only some of the interfaces on the BXM card will have their VI statistics polled.


 Workaround: 


 Limit the total number of interfaces per BXM slot to 22 or less. 


 


  CSCdr73442


 Symptom: 


 Software error 502, 513, 589, and 1M3 abort occur when an AAL5 simulated feeder is added. 


 Conditions: 


 This problem only occurs for a simulated feeder. 


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


  CSCdr73595


 Symptom: 


 APS does not clear the last user's request after a SF condition on the standby line 


 Conditions: 


 When an APS external request is in effect and a higher priority event condition happens on the standby line the "Last user request" is not cleared. 


 Workaround: 


 None. 


 


 CSCdr74841


 Symptom:


 Routing table entries on NTM cards are not displayed using drtbl. Also, not able to read routing table in the case of UXM. 


 Condition: 


 This problem has existed since 8.1.xx. 


 Workaround:


 drtbl command is not applicable on UXM card. In the case of NTM, use dsptrns to verify channel programming. 


 


 CSCdr75723


 Symptom: 


 Using cnflan to configure the default gateway to xxx.xxx.xxx.0 will cause a software error 938 to occur. 


 Conditions: 


 This occurs when the configuration is done through an telnet session. This does not occur if the configuration is done through a dummy terminal. 


 Workaround: 


 Connect to an IGX node using a telnet IP address of that node, then cnflan the default gateway to be xxx.xxx.xxx.0. The connection will be gone because the gateway is changed. Connect to the node again using a dummy terminal, software error 938 is logged.


 


 CSCdr76182


 Symptom: 


 When up a port uses an IMA line, the port speed calculated is incorrect. 


 Conditions: 


 When the IMA line includes discontinue physical lines, the problem will be observed after issuing the upport command on that IMA line. 


 Workaround: 


 Issue uplne using discontinue physical lines, then upport 
1. upln <slot>.<port1>,<port2>-<port3>, e.g. upln 2.3,5-8 
2. upport <slot>.<port1>, e.g. upport 2.3 
3. Check the speed using dspport or cnfport.   


 


 CSCdr76451


 Symptoms 


 1. The cnfport command syntax mode prompts for "Neighbor Discovery" input even the "Protocol run on card" input is N 


 2. In job mode, the parameter "Neighbor Discovery" is not skipped when the card does NOT support "Neighbor Discovery" 


 Conditions:


 1. Answer N when prompted for "Protocol run on card [N]" 


 2. If the card does NOT support "Neighbor Discovery" 


 Workaround:


 1. None. Do not add additional parameters for the cnfport command. 


 


 CSCdr76988


 Symptom: 


 The dspbusbw may show less numbers of UBUs because of a rounding problem. 


 Conditions: 


 While issuing dspbusbw or cnfbusbw, the number of UBUs may be incorrect. 


 Workaround:


 None. This is a minor calculation problem. Applies to 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3 releases.   


 


 CSCdr78202


 Symptom:


 Activating the ARM card (using addalmslot) causes the software error1120. 


 Condition: 


 This only occurs when there is card in slot 4 and it is in standby. This only applies to the IGX platform. 


 Workaround:


 Each activation of the ARM card attempts to free the memory allocation and fails. A switchcc command will free the allocated memory. 


 


 CSCdr78391


 Symptom:


 A software error 3074 is logged when upgrading or using the cnfcon command.


 Condition: 


 This occurs during an upgrade or a cnfcon command.


 Workaround:


 This is only a warning and it should not be logged as a software error. For cnfcon, check the bandwidth parameters at both connection endpoints to make sure both ends are the same. If not, use cnfcon to change the other end. During an upgrade, there should not be an endpoint change. The endpoint bandwidth change has been fixed. 


 


 CSCdr80522


 Symptom:


 Unknown. It is command dependent. For some commands, there may be no problems. For others, problems range from logging sw_error to incorrect information display. 


 Conditions:


 This problem may occur when the User Task (CLI) or SNMP agent continues to execute some functions after an event is sent to TRNS Task and those functions expect some works to be completed by TRNS. When these condition exist, and TRNS calls Pause_proc, there is not enough works for Fail Task during the pause. 


 Workaround:


 None.


 Further Problem Description:


 This problem was caused by out-of-sync between TRNS and UI/SNMP tasks. This problem seems negligible because eventually the work will be done by TRNS. 


 


 CSCdr80662


 Symptoms:


 This occurs in Releases 9.2.33 and later and in 9.3.05 (not in 9.3.00) w.r.t the connection parameters CLP Hi, CLP Lo and Trm. The parameters CLP Hi and CLP Lo are prompted to the user during provisioning of, VBR, ABRSTD with VSVD, ABRFST and ATFST connections. The parameter Trm is prompted to the user during provisioning of ABRFST, ABRSTD with VSVD and ATFST connections. 


 On an IGX node, if an ATM connection is added with non-default values for these parameters (i.e, the users does not choose default values but enters their values); on a node rebuild/switchcc, the parameters gets changed back to the default. These values are to be retained over node rebuilds and switchccs. 


 Workaround:


 Issue the cnfcon command after every rebuild/switchcc to change the parameters back to the original value. This occurs only in the IGX. 


 


 CSCdr81947


 Symptom:


 The self-test is not working 


 Conditions:


 The dspmemblk command shows a maximum block size of less than 10k of dynamic memory.


 Workaround: 


 Use the switchcc command to isolate "scanrgn 2 -t 120" and "scanrgn 4" dm dspmemblk dspprf 


 Further Problem Description: 


 The dspselftst command is not running on at least 16 nodes in both Release 9.2.22 and 9.2.23. This occurs after some nodes are upgraded to 9.2.23. 


 


 CSCdr82470


 Symptoms: 


 Port addloclp on the slave side of a daxcon does not work. 


 Conditions: 


 Cells are transmitted to the network even though the port is looped back. 


 Workaround: 


 None. This only affects the slave end of a daxcon.   


 


 CSCdr85197


 Symptom: 


 Two nodes continuously collide during routing.


 Workaround: 


 Turn off routing on one node.


 


 CSCdr86188


 Symptom:


 AIS cells are transmitted to the port even when the line is in LOS. 


 Condition:


 The 0x52 channel configure message is sent for the slave end of an ATM daxcon with the line is in LOS (RED) and has the AIS bit set to "01" which generates the AIS message. 


 Workaround:


 None. This problem only affects the slave end of a daxcon with the line in LOS 


 


 CSCdr86717


 Symptom:


 The addyred command succeeds for 2 BXM cards with different SONET modes 


 Condition: 


 The two BXM cards should be Y-red compatible in all other respects. The only difference is that the back cards support different SONET modes. 


 Workaround: 


 Do not addyred between 2 BXM cards with different SONET modes. The defective Y-red configuration serves no purpose. 


 


 CSCdr91284


 Symptom:


 Software error 997 occurs during a cnftrk or during an addtrk operation. 


 Condition: 


 The receive rate is 0 cps. (If the transmit rate is < 150 cps, the receive rate becomes less than 0 cps for an added trunk in BPX). 


 Workaround:


 Do not configure the transmit/receive rate to be less than 150 cps on a trunk.


 


 CSCdr92045


 Symptom:


 Software error 1417 is logged at a master node when the connections reroute. 


 Conditions:


 This occurs on IGX and BPX nodes using the cost-based routing feature. 


 Workaround:


 Configure the maximum routing bundle size to "1" (cnfcmparm). Connections will take longer to reroute. Disable the cost-based routing feature. 


 Further Problem Description:


 In the function rr_bld_cbrt_path(), an incorrect hop count value was passed to function invert_path(). This causes the open space data structures to be improperly built. The 1417 error is logged when a bad value from the structure is used. 


 


 CSCdr93280


 Symptom:


 Cannot use the cnfrsrc command to change the Max PVC bandwidth when the line is a IMA line 


 Conditions:


 When the cnfrsrc is used to modify the bandwidth of a port, the line is a IMA line and no IMA line is available (for example, all IMA lines are LOS). The bandwidth can be "Maximum PVC Bandwidth", "MinBW," and "MaxBW" on every partition. 


 This problem does not exist for trunks and only applies to 9.3x. 


 Workaround:


 None. 


 


 CSCdr95576


 Symptom:


 The switchcc command causes a the software error 327 (BD_CGW_LCN_UPDT). 


 Conditions: 


 1. The connections are on a trunk NODE1/A--B/NODE2 in such a way that GW LCNs are utilized on A but not on B (uses regular trunk channels) of NODE2. 


 2. The gateway LCNs are reduced on the trunk B/NODE2 below the connections used on that trunk. 


 3. The node that owns the connections on the above trunk is not kicking the rerouting (though the gateway LCNs got reduced below the actual channels in use). 


 4. A switchcc command is used and the software error 327 is logged while rebuilding ptl load. 


 Workaround:


 Use the rrtcon command on the master node(s) (for example, manually rerouting). 


 


 CSCdr95788


 Symptom:


 N/A 


 Condition:


 N/A 


 Workaround:


 N/A 


 Further Problem Description:


 Currently, SES uses an nrtVBR connection type for its signaling/control channels. These channels would share the same Qbin as the user connections of a nrtVBR type. This sharing of Qbin sometimes causes a loss of critical signaling/control traffic. 


 Use this enhancement as a separate Qbin for the signaling/control connection types. Refer to ENG-74142 for details. 


 


 CSCdr96026


 Symptoms: 


 The default Discard Threshold for the VSI Qbins (10-15) for all BXM port interfaces are set to one cell. 


 Conditions:


 This only occurs when the default template MPLS1 (template 1) is used. 


 Workaround: 


 After a port interface is upped, issue the cnfqbin command and answer "Y" at the prompt "Use default values from template?". The default Discard Threshold for all VSI Qbins will be recalculated. Use the dspqbin command to check the result. 


 If the default template (MPLS1) is not the target template, issue the cnfvsiif command to assign a different template to the interface. The VSI Qbins will be reinitialized correctly. 


 


 CSCdr96513


 Symptom:


 The VSI Qbins' default maximum discard thresholds (in the first interface) upped on a UXM/BXM card are incorrect. 


 Conditions:


 This problem only happens on the first BXM trunk interface or on the first UXM port or trunk interface upped on a UXM/BXM card. 


 Workarounds: 


 Use cnfqbin on all VSI Qbins on the first upped interface. Answer "Y" to the option "Use default values from template?" The default maximum discard thresholds will be recalculated correctly. 


 


 CSCds01587


 Symptom:


 VI statistics are being incremented for the wrong port (for example, port 2 shows port 1's statistics, and port 3 shows port 2's statistics, and so on).


 Conditions:


 When VI statistics collection is enabled 


 Workaround:


 None. 


 Further Problem Description:


 Incorrect statistics were displayed and incorrect statistics were sent to CWM. 


 


 CSCds02627


 Symptom: 


 The cnfqbin command does not allow the default discard threshold to be used on UXM OC-3 cards. 


 Conditions:


 The problem happens only when the card cell memory is less than the default VSI Qbin discard threshold. 


 Workaround:


 None. 


 


 CSCds02931


 Symptom:


 Interval ILMI statistics are not collected when ILMI is enabled. 


 Conditions:


 The following conditions are needed:


 1. The TFTP/USER ILMI statistics are enabled for a port. 
2. The ILMI protocol is enabled for the port. 
3. The dspportstats <port #> displays summary ILMI statistics. 
4. The ILMI interval statistics are not collected/displayed. 


 Workaround: 


 None. This problem has been fixed. 


 Further Problem Description:


 The data for each interval statistic enabled is collected in a statistic record, and displayed at the end of the collection time. While requesting statistics from the UXM card, the "response pending bit" in these statistic records should be set to signify that the data is being requested. If the pending bit is not set, the switch software assumes that no data has been collected for that record. Than at the end of the collection time, no data is displayed for these interval statistics. The code to set the pending bits for the ILMI statistics records was missing and has been added. 


 


 CSCds03275


 Symptom:


 No trunk statistics are collected for the last slot of the IGX. The CBUS trace for the trunk statistics in the last slot of the IGX is not catching any messages. 


 Conditions:


 This occurs in the following Switch Software Releases: 9122, 9233, 9234, 9305. 


 Workaround:


 Add the trunk cards to slots other than the last slot. 


 Further Problem Description:


 This occurs because NM_BACK_SLOTS is the limit + 1 where as Max_Slot is "the limit" 


 The old logic was: 
for (log_card = 1; log_card < NM_BACK_SLOTS; log_card++) 


 This was changed to: 
for (log_card = 1; log_card < Max_SLots; log_card++) 


 Max_Slot is set to 8, 16 or 32 depending upon the cage. The above logic will always omit the last slot. 


 


 CSCds05668


 Symptom:


 A node may go into a degraded mode after a graceful upgrade. 


 Condition: 


 This does not happen all the time. 


 Workaround:


 Before using the runrev, ensure that the global variable "Enter_Degraded_Mode" has a value of 0. (the memory location can be found using the "num" file). If it is not 0, patch the location to be 0. Then the node will not go into a degraded mode. 


 


 CSCds07761


 Symptom:


 swerr 103 is logged when a UXM card is inserted to the node. 


 Condition: 


 This happens only when there are no UBUs available on the node to establish the CMI link for this card. 


 Workaround:


 Use cnfbusbw to reduce the UBU usage of another UXM and then insert the new card. 


 












 Problems Fixed from Previous Releases

 
 Following is the list of fixed problems from previous Switch Software releases. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdj14920


 Unable to use the clrcnf command on a BPX node whose number is > 63.


 


 CSCdk03916


 Trunk information is inconsistent


 


 CSCdk22052


 Switchcc event logged under trapd.log when the command is cancelled


 


 CSCdk48816


 No Alarming on UAS


 


 CSCdk55887


 The dspport command is moved from user-level 6 to user-level 2 in Release 8.1.


 


 CSCdk91790


 Eliminate UVMs modem polling to save system idle time.


 


 CSCdm04491


 Switch software error 921 flooding


 


 CSCdm10213


 After an upgrade or a switchcc command in 9.1, extra connections may appear.


 


 CSCdm13222


 586s occured on deletion of large number of connections


 


 CSCdm13655


 VC bandwidth parameter is not reused (initializes differently during upgrade vs prov).


 


 CSCdm26083


 dsptrkbob causes swerr 30 and 923 when performed on sec yred card


 


 CSCdm31518


 Active CC failure (EEPROM, SAR) and standby unlock or reseat causes rebuild


 


 CSCdm46032


 SNMP identifies ALM/A line as ATM trunk


 


 CSCdm68968


 VC-Q depth setting at default value, Conn Mgr, IGX,r outing and feeder node


 


 CSCdm87788


 Unable to add con with max rate on BXM-T3 port with direct mapping


 


 CSCdp15350


 SNMP GET-NEXT does not work for frLportStatTable


 


 CSCdp20486


 UXM IMA physical line alarms are not sent to SV+.


 


 CSCdp25034


 TOPO_HP_UPDATE NETW messages with 0 trunks causes a node to be removed


 


 CSCdp34687


 Node experiences repeated commbreak, commbreak cleared events


 


 CSCdp41410


 Modem Silence duration can be set to a maximum of only 5.1 seconds


 


 CSCdp47053


 ALM/B y-red does not work if you upgrade from 8.5.09->9.1.15->9.2.23


 


 CSCdp49951


 BPX hanging up with TUNL task using up to 60% CPU RT


 


 CSCdp52802


 UVM ports do not pass data due to stuck CCS Conditioning


 


 CSCdp55388


 dspchuse shows wrong number for max PVC configured.


 


 CSCdp59960


 UVM do not send yellow-alarm to PBX when it receives a yellow-alarm from P


 


 CSCdp73065


 Background test problems. Background test uses VPI in the VSI range.


 


 CSCdp83902


 UVM line passthrough does not work on the second physical line on UVM.


 


 CSCdp90130


 cnfrsrc shows more bandwidth than physical max for feeder.


 


 CSCdp98760


 swerr 923 (invalid ltrunk number) after adding maximum virtual trunks on


 


 CSCdp98970


 A virtual trunk session times-out on a particular page when it is running dsprts.


 


 CSCdr00360


 The tstdelay command cannot run while card is initilizing.


 


 CSCdr02297


 A conflict occurs between VPI used for feeder channels and VSI.


 


 CSCdr06280


 Conditional update should not be integrated for a trunk between T1 & E1


 


 CSCdr08084


 62 message not send on addyred if the secondary card is running selftest


 


 CSCdr08430


 Non-TS queue size is not saved in BRAM; also strange queue size behavior occurs.


 


 CSCdr09440


 ASI Qbin config lost when programming 2ndary card in Y-Red set


 


 CSCdr10473


 Switch software error 1012 (BAD_RS_NCHANS) occurs after a hitless rebuild.


 


 CSCdr10575


 Conid mismatch occurs after a hitless rebuild (software error 331.)


 


 CSCdr11698


 TS cell discards on virtual trunks with overbooked Frame Relay traffic.


 


 CSCdr11823


 BCC tstber channel could use VPI that is in the VSI range.


 


 CSCdr12300


 Switch MIB is inconsistent with the CLI.


 


 CSCdr14489


 A memory leak occurs in r92_db_cln_inf_u2b_map (93->93 upgrades).


 


 CSCdr14544


 PNNI VPI.VCI 0.18 is blocked when path 0 is built on BXM.


 


 CSCdr14935


 Unable to add UFM UXM connections from the UFM side and there is corruption of Be. 


 


 CSCdr15804


 Band lu is incorrect. This is probably caused by dncon CoS.


 


 CSCdr15924


 Failure to receive proper traps with 2+ CWMs pointing to same network.


 


 CSCdr17056


 Provide unknown state for serialPortLeadState.


 


 CSCdr19348


 NTS connections get bit errors when Frame Relay bursts fills up the trunk capacity.


 


 CSCdr20925


 Connection data stops when it is reverted to primary in Y-red.


 


 CSCdr21164


 Software error 265 occurs on rewrite_bram following a graceful upgrade from Release 9.2


 


 CSCdr21739


 Node hangs up and loses access after deleting a trunk.


 


 CSCdr22568


 The ILMI disable command is not sent to BXM firmware when ILMI is disabled on a port.


 


 CSCdr23303


 Prtphyslnerrs, prtyred, and prtcdred cannot be included in a job.


 


 CSCdr23432


 The switch aborts when the cnfport command is issued.


 


 CSCdr25318


 The UFMU port reports an active state when the back card is missing.


 


 CSCdr26582


 The delctrlr and addctrlr commands used in quick succession will cause BXM firmware pr.


 


 CSCdr26613


 When an active APS line has YEL, the trunk fails.


 


 CSCdr27853


 The cnfcmparm 9 (reroute timer) should default to 3 seconds.


 


 CSCdr28837


 Software error 9098 is logged when upgrading from BXM to BXM-E


 


 CSCdr30234


 Available Conids only gets updated on the nodes connected by the trunk.


 


 CSCdr30308


 Statistics are not working after a graceful upgrade.


 


 CSCdr32789


 Gateway LCNs are not getting updated if the other end is a BXM and the cnfrsrc command is used. 


 


 CSCdr32875


 int_all_usr_updt, trkchans: kicks of reroute only for trunks attached locally


 


 CSCdr33298


 The feeder node becomes unreachable after upgrading from BXM to BXM-E


 


 CSCdr33428


 UXM number of channels mismatch after the card rebuilds.


 


 CSCdr33894


 Switchapsln when one line in YEL causes a temporary trunk failure.


 


 CSCdr35085


 Switchcc cannot be cancelled when updates are pending.


 


 CSCdr36526


 SNMP upline is broken.


 


 CSCdr36819


 Message 0x53 is not sent when a dntrk/deltrk is done on Egress/Ingress side.


 


 CSCdr37752


 Stricter warnings should be displayed when the user does a hard reset on active.


 


 CSCdr38707


 SLT: Total VSI minimum bandwidth > 1412830 should not be allowed on BPX.


 


 CSCdr39139


 Swlog 3001 observed after overnight jobs.


 


 CSCdr41370


 The dspchstat from port counter slowly ramps-up to send rate


 


 CSCdr41814


 Prevents AR/VSI conflicts for VPIs used by feeders for LMI/IP-SNMP channels.


 


 CSCdr47101


 The load_trun_addr_endpt is not checked for its return value


 


 CSCdr50347


 Move second parameter codes used in error() to new files


 


 CSCdr51105


 Software error 30 is logged while a UXM is inserted


 


 CSCdr55491


 APS 1:1 trunk shows a major alarm after an APS switch and it does not reroute the connection.


 


 CSCdr56249


 Transition counter stats (LOS,.) not updated when line goes into alarm


 


 CSCdr58725


 In Self-tests, a frequency value of less than 40 seconds causes a consistent resetting of UXM. 


 


 CSCdr59630


 PB bump statics shows bumping but no latest bumping band info


 


 CSCdr60460


 cnfrsrc in bpx restore lcn could not bring back gateway connection


 


 CSCdr60463


 Free_mem software error occurs when the number of bumped cons in the same CoS band is equal to 1023.


 


 CSCdr65980


 APS alarm status is not being reported correctly.


 


 CSCdr67236


 SES has statistics file one hour ahead of the BPX statistics file even if the times are same


 


 CSCdr68446


 dsplog shows inconsistent logs for add and deletion of connection local 


 


 CSCdr70502


 problems with dspsvmsg user command due to revup and new object types


 


 CSCdr70919


 Interface shelf major alarm is logged when changing the protocol to run on BXM.


 


 CSCdr74734


 The resource partition LCN deadlocks and is unable to delete any ports.


 


 CSCdr75146


 Connections will not route due to lack of LCNs as seen in constats command.


 


 CSCdr75723


 swerr 938 PNA_SEND_ERR when lan default gw set to 0


 












 Additional Deliverables 

 
 SNMP MIB


 The SNMP IGX/BPX switch SNMP MIB is being provided with the delivery of Release 9.3 Switch Software. The MIB is in standard ASN.1 format and is located in the ASCII text files agent.m, ilmi.m, ilmi_ctl.m, ilmiaddr.m, switch.m, swtraps.m, and errors.m which are included in the same directory as the Switch Software images. These files may be compiled with most standards-based MIB compilers. 


 Switch MIB changes of Release 9.3.10


 The following Switch MIB changes were introduced since Release 9.3.05. The changes include Obsolete objects, Modified objects, and New objects:


 switchIfTable


 Modified objects



	 switchIfPartiId		
	 switchIfScTmpltId
 

 frLportCnfTable


 Modified objects



	 frLportCnfEntry
 

 New objects



		 frLportNeighborDiscovery
	 frLportNeighborIpAddress
	 frLportNeighborIfIndex
 

 atmPortTable


 Modified objects



		 atmPortEntry
		 atmPortType
 

 New objects



		atmPortNeighborDiscovery
		atmPortNeighborIpAddress
		atmPortNeighborIfNam
 

 atmPortStatTable


 Modified objects



		atmPortStatEntry
 

 New objects



		atmPortStatTxQ0CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ1CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ2CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ3CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ7CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ8CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ9CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ10CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ11CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ12CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ13CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ14CellDrps
		atmPortStatTxQ15CellDrps
 

 atmEndptTable


 Modified objects



		atmEndptQIR
		atmEndptOeQIR
		atmEndptRateUpICA
		atmEndptPCR
		atmEndptOePCR
		atmEndptSCR
		atmEndptOeSCR
		atmEndptMCR
		atmEndptOeMCR
 

 atmTrunkStatsTable


 Modified objects



		atmTrkStatsEntry
 

 New objects



		atmTrkStatsTxQ10CellDrps
		atmTrkStatsTxQ11CellDrps
		atmTrkStatsTxQ12CellDrps
		atmTrkStatsTxQ13CellDrps
		atmTrkStatsTxQ14CellDrps
		atmTrkStatsTxQ15CellDrps
 

 rsrcPartiTable


 Modified objects



		rsrcPartiId
		rsrcPartiPvcMaxBw
		rsrcPartiVsiVpiStart
		rsrcPartiVsiVpiEnd
		rsrcPartiVsiMinBw
		rsrcPartiVsiIlmiEnable
		rsrcPartiVsiLcnReprogPermit
 

 rsrcPartiPvcTable 


 Modified objects



)			rsrcPartiPvcPvcMaxLcns 
	rsrcPartiPvcPvcMaxBw 
	rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart1 
	rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd1 
	rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart2 
	rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd2 
	rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart3 
	rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd3 
	rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart4 
	rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd4
 

 atmQbinTable


 Modified objects



		atmQbinMinBw
		atmQbinTmpltCnfg
		

 vsiCtrlrTable


 Modified objects



		VsiCtrlrEntry
		vsiCtrlrPartiId
		vsiCtrlrSlot
		vsiCtrlrPort
 

 New objects



		vsiCtrlrAdminStatus
		vsiCtrlrVpi
		vsiCtrlrVciStart
 

 Switch MIB Changes to Release 9.3.05


 atmPortTable


 	New objects



atmPortIlmiResetFlag
atmPortCACReserve
atmPortLportMaxBW
atmPortLportMinVpi
atmPortLportMaxVpi
atmPortMgmtProtoOnCard
 

 	Modified objects



atmPortEntry
atmPortMgmtProto
atmPortIlmiAddrReg
atmPortVcShaping
 

 atmPortQueueTable


 New objects



atmPortQueueVcShaping
 

 	Modified objects



		atmPortQueueEntry
		atmPortQueueDepth
 

 atmEndptTable


 	Modified objects



		atmEndptVcQSize
 

 switchShelf configuration branch


 	New objects



		shelfCnfgNodeVcSupport
		shelfCnfgNodeVcTotal
 

 atmTrunks table


 	New objects



		atmTrkTermUsedPvc
		atmTrkViaUsedPvc
atmTrkMgmtProtoOnCard
 

 	Modified objects



		atmTrkEntry
 

 rsrcPartiTable


 	New objects



		rsrcPartiVsiLcnReprogPermit
 

 	Modified objects



		rsrcPartiEntry
 

 	Obsolete objects



		rsrcPartiPvcMaxLcns
		rsrcPartiPvcMaxBw 
 

 This object limits the number of LCNs to be reprogrammed in a continuous loop so that other software processes will get a fair share of the CPU time.


		rsrcPartiMaxLcnBatchNumber		
 

 rsrcPartiPvcTable


 This table is only available for BXM cards. The AutoRoute resource partition does not exist for a down line.


 	New objects



		rsrcPartiPvcEntry
		rsrcPartiPvcPvcMaxLcns
		rsrcPartiPvcPvcMaxBw
		rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart1
		rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd1
		rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart2
		rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd2
		rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart3
		rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd3
		rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart4
		rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd4
 

 serialPortTable


 	Modified objects



		serialPortLeadState
 

 Switch MIB changes to Release 9.3


 The following Switch MIB changes were introduced since Release 9.2.31. The changes include Obsolete objects, Modified objects, and New objects:


 switchIfTable


 This table contains a list of ports and subports, and their interface.


 	Modified objects



		switchIfService
		switchIfPhysPort
		switchIfScTmpltId
 

 atmPortTable


 This table provides the manager a detailed view of the ATM ports available on the switch.


 	New objects



 These new MIB variables support IMA Ports.


		atmPortRetainedLinks
		atmPortImaProtocolOption
		atmPortImaDiffDelay
		atmPortImaClockMode
 

 	Modified objects



		atmPortEntry
 

 	Obsolete objects



		atmPortSvcChannels
		atmPortSvcLcnLow
		atmPortSvcLcnHigh
		atmPortSvcVpiLow
		atmPortSvcVpiHigh
		atmPortSvcVciLow
		atmPortSvcVciHigh
		atmPortSvcQbinBitMap
		atmPortSvcQbinSz
		atmPortSvcBw
		atmPortSvcInUse
		atmPortPvcInUse
 

 atmEndptTable


 This table is used to model a PVC endpoint, and contains the traffic parameters for the ATM endpoint.


 	Modified objects



		atmEndptPolicing

 shelfSlotInfoTable


 This table provides switch slot information.


 	New objects



		slotCardTopAssemNumber
 

 	Modified objects



		shelfSlotInfoEntry
		slotCardMinBusUBU
 

 ds3LineTable


 This table provides the manager a view of the DS3 interfaces on the switch and supports Set functions.


 	Modified objects



		ds3LineAlmType
ds3LineStatsTable 
 

 This table provides a list of DS3 line statistics objects.


 	New objects



		ds3StatsUas
 

 	Modified objects



		ds3LineStatsEntry
 

 sonetStatsTable


 This table provides a list of SONET line statistics objects.


 	Modified objects



		sonetStatsPthBip8s
		sonetStatsPthFebeEs
		sonetStatsSecBip8Ses
		sonetStatsPthUas
		sonetStatsPthFarendUas
 

 atmTrunkStatsTable


 This table provides a list of ATM trunk statistics object.


 	Obsolete objects



		atmTrkSvcChannels
		atmTrkSvcLcnLow
		atmTrkSvcLcnHigh
		atmTrkSvcVpiLow
		atmTrkSvcVpiHigh 
		atmTrkSvcVciLow
		atmTrkSvcVciHigh
		atmTrkSvcQbinBitMap
		atmTrkSvcQbinSz
		atmTrkSvcBw
		atmTrkSvcInUse
 

 vsiCtrlrTable


 This new table contains the configuration for VSI Controllers. The objects are advertised to all of the VSI slaves on the switch when the configuration is changed.


 	New objects



		vsiCtrlrEntry
		vsiCtrlrId
		vsiCtrlrPartiId
		vsiCtrlrIpAddr
		vsiCtrlrType
		vsiCtrlrSlot
		vsiCtrlrPort

 Default Values 

 
 BPX 8600 Nodes 


 The default values for BXM and Enhanced-BXM cards are the same.


hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
                           System-Wide Parameters                               
                                                                                
1  Max Time Stamped Packet Age (msec) ................................   32     
2  Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler ..............................   No     
3  Max Network Delay for 'v' connections (msec).......................   14     
4  Max Network Delay for 'c' connections (msec).......................   27     
5  Max Network Delay for 't' & 'p' connections (msec).................   14     
6  Max Network Delay for 'a' connections (msec).......................   27     
7  Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections (msec)...........   32     
8  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'v' connections (msec)...............   64     
9  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'c' connections (msec)...............   64     
10 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' connections (msec).........   64     
11 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'a' connections (msec)...............   64     
12 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections (msec)...   64     
13 Enable Discard Eligibility.........................................   No     
14 Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be......................   No     
15 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'v' conns (msec)..............   27     
16 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'c' conns (msec)..............   27     
17 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' conns (msec)........   27     
18 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'a' conns (msec)..............   27     
19 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns (msec)..   27     
20 Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec)..........   28     
21 FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size  (msec).................................   15     
22 Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm .    0     
23 Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature............................   No     
24 Interval Statistics polling rate for ATM VCs.......................    5     
25 Interval Statistics polling rate for ports on IPX/IGX 8400 nodes...    5     
                                                                                
This Command: cnfsysparm                                                        
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Update Initial Delay   [ 5000] (D)   16 Stats Memory (x 100KB) [  132] (D)   
2  Update Per-Node Delay  [30000] (D)   17 Standby Update Timer   [   10] (D)   
3  Comm-Break Test Delay  [30000] (D)   18 Stby Updts Per Pass    [  150] (D)   
4  Comm-Break Test Offset [   10] (D)   19 Gateway ID Timer       [   30] (D)   
5  Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D)   20 GLCON Alloc Timer      [   30] (D)   
6  Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D)   21 Comm Fail Delay        [   60] (D)   
7  NW Sliding Window Size [    1] (D)   22 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec)   [   50] (D)   
8  Num Normal Timeouts    [    7] (D)   23 SAR CC Transmit Rate   [  560] (D)   
9  Num Inter-p Timeouts   [    3] (D)   24 SAR High Transmit Rate [  280] (D)   
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [    6] (D)   25 SAR Low Transmit Rate  [   56] (D)   
11 Num Blind Timeouts     [    4] (D)   26 SAR VRAM Cngestn Limit [ 7680] (D)   
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts    [    5] (D)   27 SAR VRAM Cell Discard  [  256] (D)   
13 Comm Fail Interval     [10000] (D)   28 ASM Card Cnfged        [    Y] (Y/N) 
14 Comm Fail Multiplier   [    3] (D)   29 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [    1] (D)   
15 CC Redundancy Cnfged   [    Y] (Y/N) 30 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [   10] (D)   
                                                                                
31 TFTP Write Retries     [    3] (D)   46 Max Htls Rebuild Count [  100] (D)   
32 SNMP Event logging     [    Y] (Y/N) 47 Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D)   
33 Job Lock Timeout       [   60] (D)   48 Send Abit early        [    N] (Y/N) 
34 Max Via LCONs          [50000] (D)   49 Abit Tmr Multiplier  M [    0] (D)   
35 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D)   50 Abit Tmr Granularity N [    3] (D)   
36 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D)   51 FBTC with PPDPolicing  [    N] (Y/N) 
37 Max Mem on Stby Q (%)  [   33] (D)   52 CommBrk Hop Weight     [   25] (D)   
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt   [ 1000] (D)   53 CB Fail Penalty Hops   [    2] (D)   
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D)   54 Auto BXM upgrade       [    Y] (Y/N) 
40 Enable Degraded Mode   [    Y] (Y/N) 55 LCN reprgrm batch cnt  [  100] (D)   
41 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [    Y] (Y/N) 56 Dnld LanIP or NwIP     [  Nw](Lan/Nw)
42 Enable Feeder Alert    [    N] (Y/N)                                         
43 Reroute on Comm Fail   [    N] (Y/N)                                         
44 Auto Switch on Degrade [    Y] (Y/N)                                         
45 Max Degraded Aborts    [  100] (D)                                           
                                                                                
This Command: cnfnodeparm                                                       
                                                                                
Index Status    Function                                                        
                                                                                
1     Enabled   Automatic TRK Loopback Test on Local/Remote Alarms              
2     Enabled   User Command Logging                                            
3     Enabled   Automatic Card Reset on Hardware Error                          
4     Enabled   Card Error Record Wraparound                                    
5     Disabled  Card Test After Failure                                         
6     Disabled  Download From Remote Cisco StrataView Plus                      
7     Disabled  Logging of conn events in local event log                       
8     Disabled  Logging of conn events in Cisco StrataView Plus  event log      
9     Disabled  Force Download From a Specific IP address                       
                                                                                
This Command: cnffunc                                                           
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Index Status    Function                                                        
                                                                                
1     Disabled  Configuration Save/Restore                                      
2     Enabled   ForeSight                                                       
3     Disabled  Multiple VTs (1 session enabled)                                
4     Disabled  Virtual Trunks                                                  
5     Enabled   ABR standard with VSVD                                          
6     Disabled  Priority Bumping                                                
7     Disabled  Virtual Ports                                                   
                                                                                
This Command: cnfswfunc                                                         
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Card    Test   - - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - -   - - Background Test - - -  
Type    Freq   Enable        Inc   Thresh  Timeout   Enable        Inc   Thresh 
----    -----  --------  -------  -------  -------   --------  -------  ------- 
BCC      1600  Enabled       100      300      800   N/A           100      300 
ASM       300  Disabled      100      300       60   N/A           100      300 
BNI-T3    300  Enabled       100      300      150   N/A           100      300 
BNI-E3    300  Enabled       100      300      150   N/A           100      300 
ASI-E3    900  Enabled       100      300      800   Enabled       100      300 
ASI-T3    900  Enabled       100      300      800   Enabled       100      300 
ASI-155   900  Enabled       100      300      800   Enabled       100      300 
BNI-155   300  Enabled       100      300      150   N/A           100      300 
BXM      4000  Enabled       100      300     3000   Enabled       100      300 
                                                                                
This Command: cnftstparm                                                        
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Normalization Interval    [    2] (D)                                        
2  Max Number To Normalize   [    5] (D)                                        
3  Normalization Logging     [   No]                                            
4  Settling Interval         [    4] (D)                                        
5  Minimum Open Space        [ 1000] (D)                                        
6  Normalization Priority    [ Load]                                            
7  Load Sample Period        [    4] (D)                                        
8  Maximum Routing Bundle    [   90] (D)                                        
9  Reroute Timer             [    3] (secs)                                     
10 Reset Timer on Line Fail  [  Yes]                                            
11 Max Down/Up Per Pass      [   50] (D)                                        
12 Down/Up Timer             [30000] (msecs)                                    
13 Max Route Errs per cycle  [   50] (D)                                        
14 Time between Rrt cycles   [    5] (mins)                                     
15 Max. Rrt Err cycles       [   10] (D)                                        
16 Routing pause timer       [    0] (msecs)                                    
17 Max msgs sent per update  [   10] (D)                                        
18 Send SVC urgent msg       [   No]                                            
19 Max SVC Retry             [    0] (D)                                        
20 Wait for TBL Updates      [   70] (100 msecs)                                
21 Max Derouting Bndl (0=all)[  500] (D)                                        
22 Enable Cost-Based Routing [   No]                                            
23 Enable Route Cache Usage  [   No]                                            
24 Use Delay for Routing     [   No]                                            
25 # of reroute groups used  [   50] (D)                                        
26 Starting size of RR grps  [    0] (CLU)                                      
27 Increment between RR grps [  100] (CLU)                                      
28 CM updates app timeout    [    5] (10 secs)                                  
                                                                                
This Command: cnfcmparm                                                         
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Rmt Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    16 FW Dnld Msgs/Block(dec) [      4]    
2  Rmt Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    17 Flash Write TO(msec)    [  16000]    
3  Lcl Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    18 Flash Erase TO(msec)    [    100]    
4  Lcl Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    19 Erase Verify TO(msec)   [  16000]    
5  Image Req Freq (msec)   [  10000]    20 Standby Flash TO(sec)   [    300]    
6  Dnld Req Freq (msec)    [  10000]    21 Lcl Flash Init TO(msec) [   1000]    
7  Session Timeout (msec)  [  30000]    22 Flsh Write Blk Sz (hex) [  10000]    
8  Request Hop Limit (dec) [      1]    23 Flsh Verfy Blk Sz (hex) [    400]    
9  Crc Throttle Freq (dec) [   5000]    24 Chips Per Write/Erase   [      1]    
10 Crc Block Size (hex)    [    400]                                            
11 Rev Change Wait(dec)    [      0]                                            
12 CCs Switch Wait(dec)    [   1000]                                            
13 Lcl Response TO(msec)   [   5000]                                            
14 Rmt Response TO(msec)   [  20000]                                            
15 FW Dnld Block TO(msec)  [     50]                                            
                                                                                
This Command: cnfdlparm                                                         
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1. Logout Time ........... 20 minutes                                           
2. VT Logout Time ........ 4 minutes                                            
3. Prompt Time ........... 60 seconds                                           
4. Command Time .......... 3 minutes                                            
5. UID Privilege Level ... 6                                                    
6. Input Character Echo .. Enabled                                              
7. Screen Update Time .... 10 seconds                                           
                                                                                
This Command: cnfuiparm                                                         
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Priority Bumping Enabled                [  NO]                               
2  Priority Bumping Bundle                 [  50] (D)                           
3  Priority Bumping Bands:                                                      
   Band 1                                  [   2] (D)                           
   Band 2                                  [   4] (D)                           
   Band 3                                  [   6] (D)                           
   Band 4                                  [   8] (D)                           
   Band 5                                  [  10] (D)                           
   Band 6                                  [  12] (D)                           
   Band 7                                  [  14] (D)                           
                                                                                
This Command: cnfbmpparm                                                        
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status    
Background Upcard     1      Enabled     Conn Stat Sampling    15     Enabled   
Background Updates    2      Disabled    Neighbor Update Errs  16     Disabled  
Standby Terminal      3      Enabled                                            
Memory Protection     4      Enabled                                            
Comm Break            5      Enabled                                            
Comm Fail Test        6      Enabled                                            
CRC Test              7      Enabled                                            
Bus Fail Detection    8      Enabled                                            
Line Diag             9      Enabled                                            
Clock Restoral        10     Enabled                                            
Cm_Rerouting          11     Enabled                                            
Clock Routing         12     Enabled                                            
Dynamic BW Allocation 13     Enabled                                            
Modem Polling         14     Enabled                                            
                                                                                
This Command: on1                                                               
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status    
Line Stat Sampling    1      Enabled     Robust Alarm Updates  15     Enabled   
Statistical Alarm     2      Enabled     Realtime Counters     16     Enabled   
Job Ready Checker     3      Enabled     LAN Interface         17     Enabled   
Configuration Backup  4      Enabled     Update Standby Stats  18     Enabled   
Standby Update        5      Enabled     Telnet Access         19     Enabled   
Downloader            6      Enabled     Junction ID           20     Enabled   
Cm Updates            7      Enabled     Mult SV+/Routing Node 21     Disabled  
Topo/Stat Updates     8      Enabled     Simulated Fdr Trks    22     Disabled  
Card Statistical Alms 9      Enabled     Deroute Delay         23     Enabled   
Card Stat Sampling    10     Enabled     Auto Renum Fail Recov 24     Enabled   
Address Validation    11     Enabled     Card Simulation Tool  25     Disabled  
ASM Stats Polling     12     Enabled                                            
Port Stat Sampling    13     Enabled                                            
Robust Updates        14     Enabled                                            
                                                                                
This Command: on2                                                               
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status                                             
Trace Msg Sent        1      Disabled                                           
Multi-DB Stby Updates 2      Enabled                                            
Trace Conv Msg        3      Disabled                                           
Region memory init    4      Disabled                                           
                                                                                
This Command: on3 

 BNI-T3


hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  2.1 Config     T3     [96000 cps]     BNI-T3 slot:  2                      
Transmit Rate:         96000               VPC Conns disabled:    --            
Protocol By The Card:  --                  Line framing:          PLCP          
VC Shaping:            --                       coding:           --            
Hdr Type NNI:          --                       recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   5000    cps              cable type:                     
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     0-225 ft.     
Connection Channels:   1771                Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           --                  HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      No            
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        --            
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 2.1                                                     
                                                                                
 
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 2.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  242] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  360] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [ 8878] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 2.1                                                    
 

 BNI-E3


hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  3.1 Config     E3      [80000 cps]    BNI-E3 slot:  3                      
Transmit Rate:         80000               VPC Conns disabled:    --            
Protocol By The Card:  --                  Line framing:          --            
VC Shaping:            --                       coding:           --            
Hdr Type NNI:          --                       recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   5000    cps              cable type:                     
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     0-225 ft.     
Connection Channels:   1771                Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           --                  HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        --            
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 3.1                                                     
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 3.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  202] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  300] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [ 8978] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 3.1                                                    
             
                                                                                                                                 

 BNI-155/155E


hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  1.1 Config     OC3    [353207cps]     BNI-155 slot: 1                      
Protocol By The Card:  --                  Line framing:          STS-3C        
VC Shaping:            --                       coding:           --            
Hdr Type NNI:          --                       recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   5000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     --            
Connection Channels:   16050               Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           --                  HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        Yes           
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 1.1                                                     
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 1.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  885] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 1324] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [15463] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 1.1                                                    
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                

 BXM-T3 


hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  5.1 Config     T3     [96000 cps]     BXM slot:     5                      
Transmit Rate:         96000               VPC Conns disabled:    No            
Protocol By The Card:  No                  Line framing:          PLCP          
VC Shaping:            No                       coding:           --            
Hdr Type NNI:          Yes                      recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   5000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     0-225 ft.     
Connection Channels:   256                 Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           0                   HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      No            
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        --            
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 5.1                                                     
                                                                                
 
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 5.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  242] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  400] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  360] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [10000] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 8000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 5.1                                                    
 

 BXM-E3 


hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Config     E3     [80000 cps]     BXM slot:     13                     
Transmit Rate:         80000               VPC Conns disabled:    No            
Protocol By The Card:  No                  Line framing:          --            
VC Shaping:            No                       coding:           --            
Hdr Type NNI:          Yes                      recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   5000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     0-225 ft.     
Connection Channels:   256                 Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           0                   HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        --            
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 13.1                                                    
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Parameters                                                             
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  202] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  400] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  300] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [10000] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 8000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 13.1                          
                                                                  

 BXM-155


hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  6.1 Config     OC3    [353207cps]     BXM slot:     6                      
Transmit Rate:         353208              VPC Conns disabled:    No            
Protocol By The Card:  No                  Line framing:          STS-3C        
VC Shaping:            No                       coding:           --            
Hdr Type NNI:          Yes                      recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   5000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     --            
Connection Channels:   256                 Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           0                   HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        Yes           
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 6.1                                                     
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 6.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  885] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 1324] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [20000] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [10000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [10000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 6.1                                                    
                                                                                

 BXM-622


hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  9.1 Config     OC12   [1412679cps]    BXM slot:     9                      
Transmit Rate:         1412830             VPC Conns disabled:    No            
Protocol By The Card:  No                  Line framing:          STS-12C       
VC Shaping:            No                       coding:           --            
Hdr Type NNI:          Yes                      recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   5000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     --            
Connection Channels:   256                 Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           0                   HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        Yes           
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 9.1                                                     
                                                                                
hugo           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 9.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [ 3533] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [ 1200] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 5297] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [10000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [40000] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [40000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [40000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 9.1       
 

 IGX 8400 Nodes


mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
                           System-Wide Parameters                               
                                                                                
1  Max Time Stamped Packet Age (msec) ................................   32     
2  Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler ..............................   No     
3  Max Network Delay for 'v' connections (msec).......................   14     
4  Max Network Delay for 'c' connections (msec).......................   27     
5  Max Network Delay for 't' & 'p' connections (msec).................   14     
6  Max Network Delay for 'a' connections (msec).......................   27     
7  Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections (msec)...........   32     
8  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'v' connections (msec)...............   64     
9  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'c' connections (msec)...............   64     
10 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' connections (msec).........   64     
11 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'a' connections (msec)..............    64     
12 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections (msec)...   64     
13 Enable Discard Eligibility.........................................   No     
14 Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be......................   No     
15 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'v' conns (msec)..............   27     
16 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'c' conns (msec)..............   27     
17 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' conns (msec)........   27     
18 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'a' conns (msec)..............   27     
19 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns (msec)..   27     
20 Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec)..........   28     
21 FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size  (msec).................................   15     
22 Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm .    0     
23 Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature ...........................   No     
24 Interval Statstics polling rate for ATM/Frame Relay VCs............    5     
25 Interval Statistics polling rate for ports.........................    5     
 
This Command: cnfsysparm                                                        
 
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Update Initial Delay   [ 5000] (D)   16 CC Redundancy Cnfged   [    Y] (Y/N) 
2  Update Per-Node Delay  [30000] (D)   17 MT3 Pass Through Relay [    Y] (Y/N) 
3  Comm-Break Test Delay  [30000] (D)   18 Nw Pkt Tx Rate (pps)   [  500] (D)   
4  Comm-Break Test Offset [   10] (D)   19 Stats Memory (x 100KB) [  130] (D)   
5  Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D)   20 Standby Update Timer   [   10] (D)   
6  Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D)   21 Stby Updts Per Pass    [  150] (D)   
7  NW Sliding Window Size [    1] (D)   22 Gateway ID Timer       [   30] (D)   
8  Num Normal Timeouts    [    7] (D)   23 GLCON Alloc Timer      [   30] (D)   
9  Num Inter-p Timeouts   [    3] (D)   24 Comm Fail Delay        [   60] (D)   
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [    6] (D)   25 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec)   [  100] (D)   
11 Num Blind Timeouts     [    4] (D)   26 CBUS Delay (msec)      [   20] (D)   
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts    [    2] (D)   27 SNMP Event logging     [    Y] (Y/N) 
13 Comm Fail Interval     [10000] (D)   28 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [    1] (D)   
14 Comm Fail Multiplier   [    3] (D)   29 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [   10] (D)   
15 Temperature Threshold  [   50] (D)   30 TFTP Write Retries     [    3] (D)   
                                                                                
31 FRP Link Status Alarm  [    Y] (Y/N) 46 Modem polling timer    [    1] (D)   
32 Job Lock Timeout       [ 1000] (D)   47 Verify CBA for non-FRP [    N] (Y/N) 
33 Max Via LCONs          [20000] (D)   48 Send Abit early        [    N] (Y/N) 
34 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D)   49 Abit Tmr Multiplier  M [    0] (D)   
35 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D)   50 Abit Tmr Granularity N [    3] (D)   
36 Max Mem on Stby Q (%)  [   33] (D)   51 CommBrk Hop Weight     [   25] (D)   
37 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [    Y] (Y/N) 52 CB Fail Penalty Hops   [    2] (D)   
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt   [ 1000] (D)   53 Dnld LanIP or NwIP     [ Lan](Lan/Nw)
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D)                                           
40 Enable Degraded Mode   [    Y] (Y/N)                                         
41 Enable Rrt on Comm Fail[    N] (Y/N)                                         
42 Auto Switch on Degrade [    Y] (Y/N)                                         
43 Max Degraded Aborts    [  100] (D)                                           
44 Max Htls Rebuild Count [  100] (D)                                           
45 Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D)                                           
                                                                                
This Command: cnfnodeparm                                                       
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Index Status    Function                                                        
                                                                                
1     Enabled   Automatic CLN/PLN Loopback Test on Local/Remote Alarms          
2     Enabled   FDP Loopback button                                             
3     Enabled   User Command Logging                                            
4     Enabled   Automatic Card Reset on Hardware Error                          
5     Enabled   TXR Model D Download                                            
6     Enabled   Card Error Record Wraparound                                    
7     Disabled  Card Test After Failure                                         
8     Disabled  Download From Remote Cisco StrataView Plus                      
9     Disabled  Logging of conn events in local event log                       
10    Disabled  Logging of conn events in Cisco StrataView Plus event log       
11    Disabled  Logging SVC Connection Events                                   
12    Disabled  Force Download From a Specific IP address                       
13    Disabled  CDP WinkStart Signalling                                        
14    Enabled   Logging of Bus Diagnostic Events in local event log             
15    Enabled   Automatic Card Reset after Burnfw for CBI cards                 
                                                                                
This Command: cnffunc                                                           
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Index Status    Function                                                        
                                                                                
1     Disabled  Data Frame Multiplexing                                         
2     Disabled  Adaptive Voice                                                  
3     Enabled   Frame Relay                                                     
4     Disabled  Configuration Save/Restore                                      
5     Disabled  ForeSight                                                       
6     Disabled  Frame Relay Network-to-Network Interface                        
7     Disabled  Multiple VTs (1 session enabled)                                
8     Disabled  Interface Shelf                                                 
9     Enabled   Virtual Trunks                                                  
10    Disabled  ABR standard with VSVD                                          
                                                                                
This Command: cnfswfunc                                                         
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Card   Test    - - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - -   - - Background Test - - -  
Type   Freq    Enable        Inc   Thresh  Timeout   Enable        Inc   Thresh 
----   -----   --------  -------  -------  -------   --------  -------  ------- 
PSM      300   Enabled       100      300       31   N/A           100      300 
HDM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300 
LDM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300 
NTM      300   Enabled       100      300       31   N/A           100      300 
FRM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300 
MT3      300   Enabled       100      300       50   N/A           100      300 
CVM      300   Enabled       100      300      300   N/A           100      300 
NPM      180   Enabled       100      300      120   N/A           100      300 
ARM      300   Enabled       100      300       60   N/A           100      300 
BTM      300   Enabled       100      300      120   N/A           100      300 
FTM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Disabled      100      300 
UFM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300 
UFMU     300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300 
ALM      300   Enabled       100      300      120   N/A           100      300 
UVM      300   Disabled      100      300       60   N/A           100      300 
UXM      300   Enabled       100      300      800   Enabled       100      300 
                                                                                
This Command: cnftstparm                                                        
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Normalization Interval    [    2] (D)                                        
2  Max Number To Normalize   [    5] (D)                                        
3  Normalization Logging     [   No]                                            
4  Settling Interval         [    4] (D)                                        
5  Minimum Open Space        [ 1000] (D)                                        
6  Normalization Priority    [ Load]                                            
7  Load Sample Period        [    4] (D)                                        
8  Maximum Routing Bundle    [   90] (D)                                        
9  Reroute Timer             [    3] (secs)                                     
10 Reset Timer on Line Fail  [  Yes]                                            
11 Max Down/Up Per Pass      [   50] (D)                                        
12 Down/Up Timer             [30000] (msecs)                                    
13 Max Route Errs per cycle  [  200] (D)                                        
14 Time between Rrt cycles   [    5] (mins)                                     
15 Max. Rrt Err cycles       [    1] (D)                                        
16 Routing pause timer       [    0] (msecs)                                    
17 Max msgs sent per update  [   10] (D)                                        
18 Send SVC urgent msg       [  Yes]                                            
19 Max SVC Retry             [    0] (D)                                        
20 Wait for TBL Updates      [   70] (100 msecs)                                
21 Max Derouting Bndl (0=all)[  500] (D)                                        
22 Enable Cost-Based Routing [   No]                                            
23 Enable Route Cache Usage  [   No]                                            
24 Use Delay for Routing     [   No]                                            
25 # of reroute groups used  [   50] (D)                                        
26 Starting size of RR grps  [    0] (CLU)                                      
27 Increment between RR grps [  100] (CLU)                                      
28 CM updates app timeout    [    5] (10 secs)                                  
                                                                                
This Command: cnfcmparm                                                         
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Rmt Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    16 FW Dnld Msgs/Block(dec) [      4]    
2  Rmt Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    17 Flash Write TO(msec)    [  16000]    
3  Lcl Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    18 Flash Erase TO(msec)    [    100]    
4  Lcl Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    19 Erase Verify TO(msec)   [  16000]    
5  Image Req Freq (msec)   [  10000]    20 Standby Flash TO(sec)   [    300]    
6  Dnld Req Freq (msec)    [  10000]    21 Lcl Flash Init TO(msec) [   1000]    
7  Session Timeout (msec)  [  30000]    22 Flsh Write Blk Sz (hex) [  10000]    
8  Request Hop Limit (dec) [      1]    23 Flsh Verfy Blk Sz (hex) [    400]    
9  Crc Throttle Freq (dec) [   5000]    24 Chips Per Write/Erase   [      1]    
10 Crc Block Size (hex)    [    400]                                            
11 Rev Change Wait(dec)    [      0]                                            
12 CCs Switch Wait(dec)    [   1000]                                            
13 Lcl Response TO(msec)   [   5000]                                            
14 Rmt Response TO(msec)   [  30000]                                            
15 FW Dnld Block TO(msec)  [     50]                                            
                                                                                
This Command: cnfdlparm                                                         
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1. Logout Time ........... 20 minutes                                           
2. VT Logout Time ........ 4 minutes                                            
3. Prompt Time ........... 60 seconds                                           
4. Command Time .......... 3 minutes                                            
5. UID Privilege Level ... 6                                                    
6. Input Character Echo .. Enabled                                              
7. Screen Update Time .... 10 seconds                                           
                                                                                
Enter parameter index:                                                          
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Priority Bumping Enabled                [  NO]                               
2  Priority Bumping Bundle                 [  50] (D)                           
3  Priority Bumping Bands:                                                      
   Band 1                                  [   2] (D)                           
   Band 2                                  [   4] (D)                           
   Band 3                                  [   6] (D)                           
   Band 4                                  [   8] (D)                           
   Band 5                                  [  10] (D)                           
   Band 6                                  [  12] (D)                           
   Band 7                                  [  14] (D)                           
                                                                                
This Command: cnfbmpparm                                                        
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status    
Background Upcard     1      Enabled     Dynamic BW Allocation 15     Enabled   
Background Updates    2      Disabled    Modem Polling         16     Enabled   
Standby Terminal      3      Disabled    Conn Stat Sampling    17     Enabled   
Memory Protection     4      Enabled     FastPAD Test          18     Enabled   
Comm Break            5      Enabled     Neighbor Update Errs  19     Disabled  
Comm Fail Test        6      Enabled                                            
BRAM Memory Protect   7      Enabled                                            
CRC Test              8      Enabled                                            
CDT Clock Test        9      Enabled                                            
Bus Fail Detection    10     Enabled                                            
Line Diag             11     Enabled                                            
Clock Restoral        12     Enabled                                            
Cm_Rerouting          13     Enabled                                            
Clock Routing         14     Enabled                                            
                                                                                
This Command: on1                                                               
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status    
Line Stat Sampling    1      Enabled     LAN Interface         15     Enabled   
Statistical Alarm     2      Enabled     Update Standby Stats  16     Enabled   
Job Ready Checker     3      Enabled     EIA Monitoring        17     Enabled   
Configuration  Backup 4      Enabled     Telnet Access         18     Enabled   
Standby Update        5      Enabled     Junction ID           19     Enabled   
Downloader            6      Enabled     Mult SV+/Routing Node 20     Enabled   
Cm Updates            7      Enabled     Feeder with NW Trunks 21     Disabled  
Power Supply Monitor  8      Enabled     Multiple Fdr Trunks   22     Disabled  
Topo/Stat Updates     9      Enabled     Simulated Fdr Trks    23     Disabled  
CDP/CIP Sig. Polling  10     Enabled     Auto Renum Fail Recov 24     Enabled   
Port Stat Sampling    11     Enabled     IGX - ACM Selftest    25     Enabled   
Robust Updates        12     Enabled     Card Simulation Tool  26     Enabled   
Robust Alarm Updates  13     Enabled     Major Alarm on NNI    27     Disabled  
Realtime Counters     14     Enabled     Deroute Delay         28     Enabled   
                                                                                
This Command: on2                                                               
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status                                             
Trace Msg Sent        1      Disabled                                           
Multi-DB Stby Updates 2      Enabled                                            
AIT/BTM/ALM 32h Ext2  3      Enabled                                            
Card Synchronization  4      Disabled                                           
Loop Access Dev Init  5      Disabled                                           
Auto allocate UXM UBU 6      Disabled                                           
Trace Conv Msg        7      Disabled                                           
Automatic Cbus Diags  8      Disabled                                           
Region memory init    9      Disabled                                           
                                                                                
This Command: on3                                                               
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK         Type   Current Line Alarm Status               Other End            
 4.1        T1/24  Major - Loss of Sig (RED)               -                    
 5          T1/24  Major - Loss of Sig (RED)               -                    
 6          E1/32  Major - Loss of Sig (RED)               -                    
 7          SR/30  Major - Bad Clock (RED)                 -                    
 8.1        E1/30  Major - Loss of Sig (RED)               -                    
12.1        E3/530 Major - Loss of Sig (RED)               -                    
14.1        T1/24  Major - Loss of Sig (RED)               -                    
16.1        OC3    Major - Loss of Sig (RED)               -                    
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrks                                                           
 

 UXM-T3


mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Config       T3/636   [96000 cps]  UXM slot:13                         
Transmit Trunk Rate:  96000  cps          Payload Scramble:     No              
Rcv Trunk Rate:       96000  cps          Connection Channels:  256             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Gateway Channels:     200             
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Statistical Reserve:  5000   cps          Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Header Type:          NNI                 VC Shaping:           No              
VPI Address:          1                   VPC Conns disabled:   No              
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line framing:         PLCP                                                      
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 13.1                                                    
                                                                                
 
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  532]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [  532]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  795]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  795]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]                                                    
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 13.1                      
 

 UXM-T1 (using the T1-IMA backcard with only one physical line up)                                                                            


                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  4.1 Config       T1/24    [3622  cps]  UXM slot:4                          
IMA Group Member(s):  1                   Line coding:          B8ZS            
Retained links:       1                   Line cable type:      ABAM            
Transmit Trunk Rate:  3622   cps          Line cable length:    0-131 ft.       
Rcv Trunk Rate:       3622   cps          HCS Masking:          Yes             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Payload Scramble:     No              
Loop clock:           No                  Connection Channels:  256             
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          Gateway Channels:     200             
Header Type:          NNI                 Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
VPI Address:          1                   IMA Protocol Option:  Disabled        
Routing Cost:         10                  IMA Max. Diff. Dly:   200 msec.       
Idle code:            7F hex              IMA Clock Mode:       CTC             
Restrict PCC traffic: No                  Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Link type:            Terrestrial         VC Shaping:           No              
Line framing:         ESF                 VPC Conns disabled:   No              
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 4.1                                                     
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  4.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [   600/   600]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [   22]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [   21]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [   30]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [   28]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 4.1                                                    
 

 UXM-T1-IMA (4 physical lines up)


                                                                               
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set
 
TRK  4.1(4) Config    T1/95    [14339 cps]  UXM slot:4                         
IMA Group Member(s):  1-4                 Line coding:          B8ZS         
Retained links:       4                   Line cable type:      ABAM         
Transmit Trunk Rate:  14339  cps          Line cable length:    0-131 ft.    
Rcv Trunk Rate:       14339  cps          HCS Masking:          Yes          
Pass sync:            Yes                 Payload Scramble:     No           
Loop clock:           No                  Connection Channels:  256          
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          Gateway Channels:     200          
Header Type:          NNI                 Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
VPI Address:          1                   IMA Protocol Option:  Enabled      
Routing Cost:         10                  IMA Max. Diff. Dly:   200 msec.    
Idle code:            7F hex              IMA Clock Mode:       CTC          
Restrict PCC traffic: No                  Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
Link type:            Terrestrial         VC Shaping:           No           
Line framing:         ESF                 VPC Conns disabled:   No           
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 4.1
 
 
mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set
 
TRK  4.1(4) Parameters:
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [   600/   600]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [   81]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [   80]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  118]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  117]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
 
This Command: cnftrkparm 4.1                                                                          
                                                 
                                                                                

 UXM-E1 (using the E1-IMA backcard with only one physical line up) 


                                                                          
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  8.1 Config       E1/30    [4528  cps]  UXM slot:8                          
Line DS-0 map:        1-15,17-31          Line coding:          HDB3            
IMA Group Member(s):  1                   Line recv impedance:  120 ohm         
Retained links:       1                   HCS Masking:          Yes             
Transmit Trunk Rate:  4528   cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       4528   cps          Connection Channels:  256             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Gateway Channels:     200             
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          IMA Protocol Option:  Disabled        
Header Type:          NNI                 IMA Max. Diff. Dly:   200 msec.       
VPI Address:          1                   IMA Clock Mode:       CTC             
Routing Cost:         10                  Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Idle code:            54 hex              VC Shaping:           No              
Restrict PCC traffic: No                  VPC Conns disabled:   No              
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 8.1                                                     
                                                                              
 
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  8.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [   27]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [   26]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [   37]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [   36]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
 
This Command: cnftrkparm 8.1                                                    
 
                                                                                

 UXM-E1-IMA (4 physical lines up) 


                                                                                
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set
 
TRK  8.1(4) Config    E1/119   [17962 cps]  UXM slot:8                         
Line DS-0 map:        1-15,17-31          Line coding:          HDB3         
IMA Group Member(s):  1-4                 Line recv impedance:  120 ohm      
Retained links:       4                   HCS Masking:          Yes          
Transmit Trunk Rate:  17962  cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes          
Rcv Trunk Rate:       17962  cps          Connection Channels:  256          
Pass sync:            Yes                 Gateway Channels:     200          
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          IMA Protocol Option:  Enabled      
Header Type:          NNI                 IMA Max. Diff. Dly:   200 msec.    
VPI Address:          1                   IMA Clock Mode:       CTC          
Routing Cost:         10                  Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
Idle code:            54 hex              VC Shaping:           No           
Restrict PCC traffic: No                  VPC Conns disabled:   No           
Link type:            Terrestrial        
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 8.1
 
                                                                                
mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set
 
TRK  8.1(4) Parameters:
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  101]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [  100]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  148]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  147]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
 
This Command: cnftrkparm 8.1                                                    
                                                                                
 

 UXM-E3


                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 12.1 Config       E3/530   [80000 cps]  UXM slot:12                         
Transmit Trunk Rate:  80000  cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       80000  cps          Connection Channels:  256             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Gateway Channels:     200             
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Statistical Reserve:  5000   cps          Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Header Type:          NNI                 VC Shaping:           No              
VPI Address:          1                   VPC Conns disabled:   No              
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line framing:         HEC                                                       
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 12.1                                                    
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 12.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  443]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [  443]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  662]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  662]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 12.1                                                   
   
                                                                             

 UXM-OC3


mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 16.1 Config       OC3      [353207cps]  UXM slot:16                         
Transmit Trunk Rate:  353208 cps          Connection Channels:  256             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       353207 cps          Gateway Channels:     200             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Loop clock:           No                  Frame Scramble:       Yes             
Statistical Reserve:  5000   cps          Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Header Type:          NNI                 VC Shaping:           No              
VPI Address:          1                   VPC Conns disabled:   No              
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line framing:         STS-3C                                                    
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
Payload Scramble:     Yes                                                       
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 16.1                                                    
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 16.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 10000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 10000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [ 1952]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [ 1952]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [ 2925]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [ 2925]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 16.1       
 

 NTM-T1


mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  5 Config         T1/24    [8000  pps]  NTM slot:5                          
Line DS-0 map:        0-23                                                      
Pass sync:            Yes                                                       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line framing:         D4                                                        
Line coding:          B8ZS                                                      
Line cable type:      ABAM                                                      
Line cable length:    0-133 ft.                                                 
Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST                                           
Deroute delay time:   0 seconds                                                 
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 5                                                       
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  5 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [   600/   600]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [  N/A]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [  N/A]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  128]   23 BDataA [  128]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  128]   24 BDataB [  128]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  N/A]    10 BDataA [  N/A]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [  N/A]    11 BdataB [  N/A]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  N/A]    15 BDataA [  N/A]     29 rt-VBR [   22]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [  N/A]    16 BDataB [  N/A]     30 Non TS [   30]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [  N/A]    17 HighPri[  N/A]     31 TS     [ 2648]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 5                                                      
 

 NTM-E1 


                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  6 Config         E1/32    [10666 pps]  NTM slot:6                          
Line DS-0 map:        0-31                                                      
Pass sync:            Yes                                                       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            54 hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line coding:          HDB3                                                      
Line CRC:             No                                                        
Line recv impedance:  75 ohm + gnd                                              
Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST                                           
Deroute delay time:   0 seconds                                                 
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 6                                                       
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  6 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [  N/A]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [  N/A]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  128]   23 BDataA [  128]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  128]   24 BDataB [  128]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  N/A]    10 BDataA [  N/A]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [  N/A]    11 BdataB [  N/A]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  N/A]    15 BDataA [  N/A]     29 rt-VBR [   28]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [  N/A]    16 BDataB [  N/A]     30 Non TS [   40]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [  N/A]    17 HighPri[  N/A]     31 TS     [ 2632]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 6                                                      
      

 NTM-SR 


                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  7 Config         SR/30    [10000 pps]  NTM slot:7                          
Subrate interface:    X.21                                                      
Subrate data rate:    1920 kbps                                                 
Pass sync:            No                                                        
Loop clock:           Yes                                                       
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST                                           
Deroute delay time:   0 seconds                                                 
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 7                                                       
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder       TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.10    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  7 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [  N/A]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [  N/A]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  128]   23 BDataA [  128]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  128]   24 BDataB [  128]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  N/A]    10 BDataA [  N/A]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [  N/A]    11 BdataB [  N/A]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  N/A]    15 BDataA [  N/A]     29 rt-VBR [   27]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [  N/A]    16 BDataB [  N/A]     30 Non TS [   37]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [  N/A]    17 HighPri[  N/A]     31 TS     [ 2636]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 7                                                 
 
 

 Appendix A

 
 BXM Firmware MFF Release Notes


 About the Firmware MFF


 BXM Firmware version MFF supports all the existing interfaces and models of BXM hardware. Following table outlines various levels of hardware revisions supported for BXM firmware version MFF.


 Front Cards


  




Model Number

Description

FW model

HW Rev

FW Rev



 BXM-155-4


 4-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 B


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-8


 8-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 B


 MFF


 


 BXM-622


 1-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 D


 MFF


 


 BXM-622-2


 2-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 D


 MFF


 


 BXM-T3-8


 8-port T3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 B


 MFF


 


 BXM-T3-12


 12-port T3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 B


 MFF


 


 BXM-E3-8


 8-port E3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 B


 MFF


 


 BXM-E3-12


 12-port E3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 B


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-8DX


 8-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-8D


 8-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-4DX


 4-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-4D


 4-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-622-2DX


 2-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-622-2D


 2-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-622-DX


 1-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-T3-12EX


 12-port T3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-T3-12E


 12-port T3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-T3-8E


 8-port T3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-E3-12EX


 12-port E3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-E3-12E


 12-port E3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-E3-8E


 8-port E3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 












 Front Card for APS Compatibility


  




Model Number

Description

FW model

HW Rev

FW Rev



 BXM-155-4


 4-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 C


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-8


 8-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 C


 MFF


 


 BXM-622


 1-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 E


 MFF


 


 BXM-622-2


 2-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 E


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-8DX


 8-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-8D


 8-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-4DX


 4-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-155-4D


 4-port OC-3 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-622-2DX


 2-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-622-2D


 2-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 


 BXM-622-DX


 1-port OC-12 Line Module (Front Card)


 F


 A0


 MFF


 












 Back Cards 


  




Model Number

Description

HW Rev

FW Rev



 MMF-155-4


 4-port multi-mode fiber back card


 A


 na


 


 MMF-155-8


 8-port multi-mode fiber back card


 A


 na


 


 SMF-155-4


 4-port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card


 A


 na


 


 SMF-155-8


 8-port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card


 A


 na


 


 SMFLR-155-4


 4-port single-mode fiber long-reach back card


 A


 na


 


 SMFLR-155-8


 4-port single-mode fiber long-reach back card


 A


 na


 


 SMF-622


 1-port intermediate-reach OC-12 back card


 A


 na


 


 SMF-622-2


 2-port intermediate-reach OC-12 back card


 A


 na


 


 SMFLR-622


 1-port long-reach OC-12 back card


 A


 na


 


 SMFLR-622-2


 2-port long-reach OC-12 back card


 A


 na


 


 XLR-622


 1-port extra long-reach OC-12 back card


 A


 na


 


 XLR-622-2


 2-port extra long-reach OC-12 back card


 A


 na


 


 BPX-T3/E3-12


 12-port T3/E3 back card


 A


 na


 


 BPX-T3/E3-8


 8-port T3/E3 back card


 A


 na


 


 RDNT-LR-622-2


 2-port long-reach OC-12 redundant back card


 A


 na


 


 RDNT-SM-622-2


 2-port intermediate reach OC-12 redundant back cards


 A


 na


 


 RDNT-SM-622


 1-port intermediate reach OC-12 redundant back cards


 A


 na


 


 RDNT-LR-155-8


 8-port long-reach OC-3 redundant back cards


 A


 na


 


 RDNT-SM-155-4


 4-port intermediate-reach OC-3 redundant back cards


 A


 na


 


 RDNT-SM-155-8


 8-port intermediate-reach OC-3 redundant back cards


 A


 na


 












 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFF


 None


 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFE


 None


 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFD


 None


 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFC


    

    	1. Support for SES (PNNI controller).
    

    	2. BootCore enhancement to support multi-vendor flash-SIMMs.
    

    	3. 1 msec granularity for tstdelay measurement.
    



 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFB


    

    	1. Multiple VSI (2.2) partition feature. Three partitions are supported.
    

    	2. Hitless Connection Density Upgrade for BXM.
    

    	3. SCR and PCR policing at less than 50 CPS for T3/E3 BXMs.
    

    	4. Control Traffic Shaping.
    



 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFA


 Multiple VSI (2.2) partition feature (two partitions).


 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEC


 There are no new features in release MEC.


 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEB


 There are no new features in release MEB.


 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEA


    

    	1. VSI version 2.2 (single partition).
    

    	2. ITUT Annex B and configurable Signal Degrade (SD) and Signal Failure (SF) thresholds for SONET Linear APS on BXM-OC-3 and BXM-OC-12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1).
    



  	The current default thresholds are as follows:		




  




BIP count

Condition



 10^-4	


 SF detected		


 


 10^-5


 SD detected & SF clear


 


 10^-6


 SD clear & SF clear


 












 New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MDA


    

    	1. Support for Virtual Trunking.
    

    	2. Support for BXM MultiLevel Channel Statistics.
    

    	3. SONET Linear APS on BXM-OC-3 and BXM-OC-12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1).
    

    	4. Support for card-based LMI and ILMI.
    



 Clarifications:


    

    	1. The OC-3 MultiMode Fiber back cards do not support Y-cable redundancy.
    

    	2. Upgrade from VSI 1.1 to VSI 2.2 is supported in this release. See upgrade section on page 15.
    

    	3. APS 1:1 is not supported for VSI. (Bug CSCdp42996) APS 1:1 should not be configured on ports intended to be used by PNNI or MPLS, as after switchover traffic flow is stalled on the protection line for releases before MFE. However for release MFE and after, this problem is fixed.
    

    	4. Total BW allocated to all VSI partitions on a BXM should not be more that OC-12 rate, i.e., 1412832 cells/s. Currently BCC switch software allows uses to configure more than OC-12 rate, in which case all the PNNI connection commit requests would be NACKed by BXM
    



 Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements


 BXM cards with MCB/MDA firmware or later can be smoothly migrated to the MFA or above version of firmware by using Y-cable redundancy. To upgrade a BXM card pair in Y-red configuration, first upgrade the standby card with the MFA or above firmware version and wait for all the configuration to be downloaded into the card. Do a switchyred to switch to the card with firmware MFA or above version and burn the other card also with desired version MFA or above firmware. Follow the standard firmware upgrade procedure for downloading and burning the firmware into the cards.


 If BCC switch software version is 9.1.18 and dspnovram shows 0 or 4 for Number of Channel Statistics it should be OK to go directly to MFC or above versions directly from MCC.


 Features Obsoleted


    

    	1. VSI 1.0 is obsolete by VSI 2.2 in this release.
    

    	2. Channel statistics level 0 is no longer supported for BXM-155-4, BXM-155-8, BXM-622, BXM-622-2, BXM-T3-8, BXM-T3-12, BXM-E3-8, BXM-E3-12 models.                                       However it is still supported for all the other models (BXM-155-8DX, BXM-155-8D, BXM-155-4DX, BXM-155-4D, BXM-622-2DX, BXM-622-2D, BXM-622-DX, BXM-T3-12EX, BXM-T3-12E, BXM-T3-8E, BXM-E3-12EX, BXM-E3-12E, BXM-E3-8E).
    



 Notes and Cautions


    

    	1. MFA is fully compatible with Releases 9.1 and 9.2 Switch Software. It has not been tested for compatibility with 8.4 or 8.5 Switch Software. It is compatible with IOS version 12.05t2 for MPLS.
    

    	2. MFE is a not on CCO, as it an Orion specific release.
    

    	3. While upgrading from firmware, on OC-3, 1-port OC-12 BXM cards, if statistics level on BXM is greater than 1, the upgrade should take place according to the one of the upgrade procedures below to avoid the card mismatch:
    



 Upgrading from firmware revision MEA or higher.



Step 1	  Switch software should be upgraded to Release 9.2.30 or higher.



Step 2	  Upgrade the firmware to MFF. 





 



 Upgrading from firmware revision lower than MEA:



Step 1	  Firmware should be upgraded to MEC.



Step 2	  Upgrade the switch software to Release 9.2.30 or higher.



Step 3	  Upgrade the firmware to MFF.





 



    

    	4. Burn firmware should not be interrupted. Card resets in the middle of burn firmware will result in the BXM being maintained in the core state (identified by blinking yellow LED), or failed state (identified by a solid red LED). In this case, the dspcds screen will report the card as FAILED. This state can be recovered by reburning the firmware into the card.
    

    	5. Protection Switching based on BER on BXM may not comply to standards. The GR-253 and ITU-T G.783 requires that switching be completed within 60 msec from the time the error starts. BXM is unable to detect BER threshold crossing until the next poll, which occurs every 250 msec. Thus, switching time may be up to 250 msec under certain circumstances.
    

    	6. In APS 1+1 default configuration, both back card LEDs show green when primary card is active and selection is from PROT line. When primary card is active and it is selecting from PROT, PROT back card should be green, since it is carrying traffic. WORK back card should also be green since that is the physical path for the primary (and active) card to pass traffic. So back card LED green means the back card is directly or indirectly carrying traffic and pulling the back card will cause traffic disruption (CSCdm53430).
    

    	7. In APS 1+1 default configuration and manual W->P is on and a switchyred command is issued, a manual W->P event is logged. By default, on switchyred the new active card comes up in "clear" state. But in this case since there is a manual W->P on, the APS line switches to PROT and the switching is logged (CSCdm53404).
    

    	8. In APS 1+1 default configuration, if the selected line is PROT and last user request is clear and a switchyred is issued, line switches to WORK. If the last user request is "clear", full automatic APS switching is in effect with the working line being active by default. When there is no last user switch request to switch to any particular line, the working line will become active (CSCdm53420).
    

    	9. When APS Annex B is added to the local end that has the secondary card active, the APS trunk goes into Comm Failure for few seconds and then clears. If secondary card is active, then do a switchyred to make the Primary card active and then add APS Annex B (CSCdm46359).
    



 Known Anomalies


 The following is the list of known anomalies for the BXM firmware:


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdp77392


 Symptoms:


 Not available at this time.


 Conditions:


 Not available at this time.


 Workaround:


 Not available at this time.


 


 CSCdr06316


 Symptoms:


 VPC connection drops cells over BXM trunks.


 Condition:


 None available at this time.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr11806


 Symptoms:


 BXM does not report A-bit errors when SPVC feeder is provisioned without Auto Route feeder segment.


 Condition:


 None available at this time.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr45464


 Symptoms:


 0B card error reported on BXM-OC3 cards.


 Condition:


 When the cards are in Y-redundancy configuration. Probably caused by bad hardware.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr82245


 Symptoms:


 BXM can take more than 20 minutes to reach active state.


 Condition:


 Seen only on one particular node. Probably caused by bad hardware.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr85398


 Symptom: 


 2 nodes with 2 PNNI controllers, and cnfpnportrange command used to force a LOC, missing COA point trap dnpnport/uppnport, restarting ILMI session, results in COA trap. 


 Condition: 


 When ILMI session is first initialized or restarted, if SysUpTime doesn't change, COA trap shouldn't not be sent to controller. When an LOC is detected by ILMI on BXM and it is followed by a "Loss of Attachment Point" when connectivity is re-established, ILMI on slave does not give a "Loss of Attachment Point" trap.


 WorkAround: 


 None


 


 CSCdr90042


 Symptoms:


 Software error log of 105.


 Conditions:


 After PXM controller is upgraded/rebooted.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCds01128


 Symptoms: 


 LOS sometimes occurs on several trunks.


 Conditions:


 Unknown. According to the bug report, once in awhile for a couple of minutes.


 Workaround:


 None. The trunks recover on their own.


 


 CSCds05635


 Symptoms:


 Trunk dropping cells with unknown address and/or node unreachability.


 Conditions:


 Not available. Intermittent problem.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCds08448


 Symptoms:


 ERS (explicit rate stamping) is working only on the first virtual trunk and not for subsequent VTs (standard ABR).


 Cause:


 When ERS is enabled on a card basis using cnfabrparm, the mapping is done on a port-by-port basis. The port_vi is used but for virtual trunks, this mapping does not hold true. Need to change the mapping to the physical port.


 Workaround:


 On any physical port, just set-up one virtual trunk or a physical trunk. Multiple virtual trunks on the same physical port will cause a problem.


 


 CSCds11506


 Symptoms:


 Minimum guaranteed cell rate shows a cell less than configured.


 Conditions:


 For example, setting minimum bandwidth to 3333334 and policy BW % to 5859.


 Workaround:


 Increase the minimum BW by a few cells.


 












 Bugs Fixed in MFF


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdp89085


 Symptom: 


 The total call count becomes negative on the BXM interface. However, this problem has not be reproducible.


 Condition:


 If this problem happens, the following card error is displayed:


 'vsi_rsrc_pfns.c 483 VrmRetLcnResources 3, 16316'


 Workaround:


 A related bug CSCdr86894 which reported an incorrect number of total call counts, has been found to be the result of an uninitialized variable in vsi_rsrc_conn_pfns.c: VrmRsrcClrRCMP(). The debugging information embedded in this function may be helpful in verifying the negative call count problem if it is reproduced.


 


 CSCdr76334


 Symptom: 


 Connect OC3 port on BXM with 7200 router, connect 2 OC3 ports back to back. Enable ILMI on router, and ILMI, protocol on card cnfrsrc VSI part 1 disable Neighbor Discovery on ports. When running cnfnodeparm 56 0|1 and with VSI disabled, peer info is transmitted to peer. delcntrl, and cnfrsrc deleting VSI partition, fails to disable peer information as well.


 Condition:


 ilmi_enable_from_contrl bit was not cleared when delctrlr, or vsi partition deleted, thus vsi code kept issuing get requests and responding to peer information. In AR/VSI hybrid networks, and for backward compatibility either BXMs w/o Neighbor Discovery, or swsw versions. Topo traps are not sent to downrev'd swsw versions, and are controllable by sw software for versions including the feature. Code was added to properly support disabling of VSI functionality using delctrlr or cnfrsrc at@ Bcc in addition to existing dnpnport at the vsi controller. Support for backrev'd cards added, and corrections to logic in ILMI FSM state machine to properly send TopoTrap to BCC.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr79610


 Symptom: 


 Change booking factor for a class of service, get rejected.


 Condition:


 When there are some connections established, and some of the class of service have used bandwidth exceeding their reserved, change booking factor for any class of the service may get rejected. This is because it fails the check which should only be called when cos_min_bw in the policy parameters is changed. This check should not be called when booking factor is changed.


 Workaround:


 Disable that partition, change the booking factor, then enable the partition again. Or keep the used_bw for all cos under teh cos_min_bw, you will be able to change booking factor freely.


 


 CSCdr79936


 Symptom: 


 Statistics files not generated/missing on some 15 minutes intervals.


 Condition:


 When system time is changed at 15 minutes boundaries.


 Workaround:


 Minimize system time and card config changes.


 


 CSCdr83144


 Symptom: 


 Card error of 'N. Fatal from 0x17: 0x25120075  0x809b5f90  0x367e 0x1


 Condition:


 switchyred, switchcc or reset PXM when there are spvc connections with stats enabled.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr89217


 Symptom: 


 Software error log of 9098.


 Condition:


 cnfrsrc of partition 3 using MEB firmware.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr89966


 Symptom: 


 Card error of 0x41030006.


 Condition:


 PXM controller is upgraded/rebooted.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCds11484


 Symptom: 


 Available cell rate reported by BXM is incorrect.


 Condition:


 Sum of the minimum bandwidths of all the interfaces on a BXM reaches OC12 rate.


 Workaround:


 Reduce the minimum BW on all interfaces by half.


 









The following bugs are fixed in MFF.


 Bugs Fixed in MFE


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdm16800


 Symptom: 


 Card error 0xC000007 appears in the card error log.


 Cause:


 This error indicates that an unknown type of cell which is not expected has arrived in the egress QE.


 Resolution:


 Engineering has done an in-depth investigation into this case. We are convinced that the problem does not affect user traffic or the node in any other way. Therefore, the symptom will not be reported as a card error.


 


 CSCdp05098


 Symptom: 


 Cell discards occur for ABRFST/ABRSTD connections when the traffic burst is greater than the MBS.


 Condition: 


 This occurs when the traffic burst size is fixed to 140000 cells at 70000 cps. The connection are configured with PCR=72000/72000, MBS=1000/1000 and ICR 7200/7200. This is the expected behavior since the configured MBS < the actual burst size.


 Workaround: 


 Increase the MBS and ICR using cnfcon.


 


 CSCdp22930


 Symptom:


 Not available.


 Condition: 


 Cbus read/write operations set-up in the PUUMBA chip when performing cbus receive/transmit.


 Workaround: 


 None


 


 CSCdp74680


 Symptom:


 Even if the interface is in LOS, the SPVCs do not generate ingress AIS into the network.


 Condition: 


 Connection is added after the interface goes into LOS.


 Workaround: 


 None


 


 CSCdp97307


 Symptom:


 When executed "rsh<slot> vsi cm Vsils" without parameter, the card will crash.


 Conditions: 


 Always.


 Workaround:


 Pull-out the card and reinsert.


 


 CSCdr44250


 Symptom: 


 Private image did not allow as many OAM cells to flow as public image.


 Condition:


 This occurred by undoing a hardware fix in a private image.


 Workaround:


 This was never introduced into the Public view and no workaround is required.


 


 CSCdr45986


 Symptom:


 Standby and active block checksum value do not match and resync happens on switchover.


 Condition:


 When active card has many SPVC connections derouted, it happens.


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdr57712


 Symptom: 


 Multi-partition fails to report all virtual trunks.


 Condition:


 In case of virtual trunks with different partition.


 Workaround: 


 Reset the BXM card.


 


 CSCdr59731


 Symptom: 


 Port 11.1 is connected to 11.2 and ILMI are up and running on both ports. Enable neighbor discovery on 11.1, then 11.2 The 0x71 responses/traps from BXM firmware are not predictable. At least two variations are observed:


 Variation 1: port 11.2 has it's neighbor's info, but port 11.1 doesn't.


 Variation 2: both ports 11.1 and 11.2 only know the IP addresses of their neighbors. The neighbor's IFName is missing.


 Condition: 


 When ILMI session restarts, remmants of IfName, IpAddr from previous session are left. Clear/reset IfName, IpAddr in MIB, on ILMI session restart. In FMSStart, pIlmiProcessFsmStart() calls a new function, IlmiClrPeerAndSendTopoTrap(pcb_ptr->session_id).


 


 CSCdr71473


 Symptom: 


 Unreachable BXM, sw errors and cd errors on the BPX.


 Condition: 


 LMI is enabled when controller either slow to respond or unreachable.


 Workaround:


 Disable LMI.


 


 CSCdr77238


 Symptom: 


 Switch general info does not contain bulk set capability bit. With newer images of PXM, bulk set will not work with BXM images prior to MFD.


 Condition: 


 PXM images later than 07/06/2000 contains logic to identify the bulk set capability of the slave. BXM images prior to 07/06/2000 will not have this bit set because it is newly introduced parameter in VSI spec.


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MFD or later.


 


 CSCdr79936


 Symptom: 


 Statistics files not generated/missing on some 15 minutes intervals.


 Condition: 


 When system time is changed at 15 minutes boundaries.


 Workaround:


 Minimize system time and card config changes.


 


 CSCdr86894


 Symptom: 


 Many ports have VC failure because BXM has no resource to build the CVC.


 Condition: 


 Intermittent.


 Workaround:


 Reset BXM card.


 









The following bugs are fixed in MFE.


 


 


 Bugs Fixed in MFD


 The following bugs are fixed in MFD.


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdp48306 


 Symptom: 


 On NNI side, when cross connect is established with VPI>1000 (0x3e8) the first nibble is getting chopped off and traffic is flowing on VPI 0xe8 due to bad programming of connection.


 Condition:


 This happens if on NNI side VPI > 0xff.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdp63445


 Symptom: 


 ABR and UBR connections loose traffic when VC shaping is turned on. 


 Condition: 


 Enabling of VC shaping on port terminating ABR and UBR connections


 Workaround: 


 Leave VC shaping disabled.


 


 CSCdr14247 


 Symptom:


 The correct state of an SPVC is not reflected in connection bulk traps for large number of connections (> 1000). Sometimes Connection states keep toggling between AIS and CLR state when the connections are actually in AIS state


 Condition: 


 AIS cells generated by the RCMP on different connections arrive too close to each other in the same second. This sudden burst of cells overwhelm the Class of service buffers (QBINs) in the Egress direction and get discarded. This causes remote end of the trunk to detect a loss of AIS cells and declare connection a CLR. 


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdr29278


 Symptom: 


 Originally the card used to get frozen not responding to any request from the controller, as the TCB database was corrupted. But it has been protected now. But whenever a null pointer is being inserted into the TCB list a card error is being flagged. It is a harmless card error (not service affecting)


 Condition: 


 The cause is unknown.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr30454


 Symptom:


 Connections (LCNs) can not satisfied because of insufficient memory


 Condition:


 When channel stat level is set to 0


 Workaround:


 Use chan stat level (cnfcdparm) 1, 2 or 3


 


 CSCdr33867


 Symptom: Connect OC-3 port on BXM with 7200 router, enable ILMI on router, and ILMI, protocol on card and Neighbor Discover, Object 0x31, Peer's IfName is not null terminated.


 Condition: 


 Some peer.ifName's are null terminated, some aren't a PDU containing valid nonzero length peer.ifName doesn't always include '\0'; and is stored accordingly in the MIB. added a test if peer.ifName is non-zero in length, and isn't null terminated, concatenate the '\0'char and bump peer.ifNameLen++ count Added logic CbIlmiStatsReport, ilmi_proc.c pIlmiFsmGetResponseEventAtS3, pIlmiFsmGetResponseEventAtS9, ilmi_fsm_evt.c to ensure TopoTrap, and ILMIStats report are correctly formatted.


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdr36963


 Symptom:


 When PNNI controller goes down then comes up, it couldn't establish its control call to the BXM partition, thus VC failure is displayed in PNNI controller for that partition.


 Condition" 


 1. The policy parameters for the partition have been configured as nonzero at some of the class of service, for example, the reserved minimum bandwidth of some class of service are nonzero.


 2. Delete/disable that partition. BXM suppose to release all resources. However, it only released resources at partition level, but leave the reserved resources at cos level unchanged. As result, when this partition is enabled again, the internal CAC calculation at partition level became negative. That caused the first control call setup request fail.


 Workaround:


 Reset the BXM card will clear the VC failure.


 


 CSCdr40204


 Symptom:


 Service rate for VBR traffic when WFQ is enabled is at SCR (instead of PCR) even when there is no congestion for enhanced cards (1210 QE & Sabre)


 Condition:


 For enhanced cards, when WFQ is enabled, the local congestion is monitored at the Egress side by the hardware. In order to do this, a few variables that need to be initialized. There were some problems with the initialization routine, causing inaccurate tracking of the congestion level.


 Workaround:


 None. Has been fixed.


 


 CSCdr40234


 Symptom:


 Service rate for UBR traffic when WFQ is enabled much lower than PCR even when there is no congestion for enhanced cards (1210 QE & Sabre)


 Condition: 


 For enhanced cards, when WFQ is enabled, the local congestion is monitored at the Egress side by the hardware. In order to do this, a few variables that need to be initialized. There were some problems with the initialization routine, causing inaccurate tracking of the congestion level.


 Workaround:


 None. Has been fixed.


 


 CSCdr42885


 Symptom:


 All the ports on a BXM slave go into provisioning state.


 Condition:


 Controller looses communication with the BXM. This happens when AAL5 driver in the BXM malfunctions and does not free the message buffers of the application processes (ILMI/VSI and so on). Eventually BXM runs out of message buffers.


 Workaround: Reset the BXM card.


 


 CSCdr43012


 Symptom: 


 All the ports on a BXM slave go into provisioning state.


 Condition:


 Controller looses communication with the BXM as AAL5 driver in BXM gets stuck.


 Workaround:


 Reset the BXM card.


 


 CSCdr49056


 Symptom: Invalid Part id in SPVC stats after controller is added.


 Condition:


 This problem happens when SFM receives the VSI message before adding the controller. This is possible to happen when there is a delay between 52 and 61 message. Since 52 add the control vc it will receive the frame and give it SFM task. But SFM won't have any information for that partition and will report the error saying that invalid partition. Since this is possible to happen as per design, the card is removed now. 


 


 CSCdr49060


 Symptom: 


 When doing a cnfcon for ABR connection, service rate drops to MCR rate even when there is no congestion. This is when WFQ is enabled and the inherent VSVD is not used.


 Condition: 


 There are a certain parameters associated with WFQ that are required in order for WFQ to work. However, for ABR connections, when a cnfcon is done, once it is detected that VSVD is not enabled, the structure (Sabre rate RAM) which holds all these parameters is cleared out. This would cause WFQ not to operate properly.


 Workaround:


 No need. Fix is done.


 


 CSCdr51875


 Symptom: 


 Virtual Trunking causing Unreachability


 Conditions: 


 At least Two virtual trunks share a common port at one node, but their remote     endpoints terminate on different nodes.


 The virtual trunks are used to carry networking (rt_op) traffic.


 The simplest example follows below:


            node_A ---- vtrk ----      /---- vtrk ---- node_C


                                      /


                                     /


                                  node_B


                         (vtrks share common port)


 With this topology, "node_A" sees "node_C" as unreachable and vice-versa; however, "node_A" communicates to "node_B", and "node_B" communicates to "node_C".


 Workaround: 


 Customers who are already using VT wraparound should continue to do so under 9.2.3x until the fix is available. BXM virtual trunking (no VT wraparound) can still be implemented using software release 9.2.2x. If virtual trunks are not yet in use, the VT wraparound solution can be implemented in release 9.2.3x


 


 CSCdr51970


 Symptom: 


 Change CAC policy parameters will cause the available BW for some cos to be negative.


 Condition:


 Current implementation does not validate the CAC policy parameter change. It will always take the value. However, in some cases, improper policy parameters change will cause the avail_bw at cos level go negative. In this particular scenario, the current used bandwidth of a cos is equal to its reserved minimum bandwidth.Then the user changed the policy parameter to make this cos min_bw to smaller number. Now current_used_bw for this cos is greater than its reserved, and it has to obtained bw from the common pool to maintain its currently used bw. However, the user changed the policy parameter again, to increase the reserved bw for another cos, which caused the common pool to be zero.Therefore, by normal calculation, the previous cos avail_bw becomes to negative. Decreasing cos_min_bw to be less than it is currently used_bw is an invalid operation and should get rejected, otherwise it will mess up the CAC.


 Workaround:


 Delete some connections to release bandwidth before decreasing cos minimum bandwidth.


 


 CSCdr52195


 Symptom: 


 All the ports on a BXM slave go into provisioning state.


 Condition:


 Controller looses communication with the BXM as AAL5 driver in BXM gets stuck.


 Workaround:


 Reset the BXM card.


 


 CSCdr56931


 Symptom: 


 After resetsys on PXM or bouncing the feeder/control port or reset of BXM card, some virtual trunks go into vc failure/building vc state.


 Condition: 


 Resetting PXM or pulling out the cable connecting the BXM feeder port to the controller or resetting the BXM cause the interface set policy parameters to be sent to the BXM. This cause ingress BW to be recomputed. CB_TASK passes VI numbers 0 to 31 to the CAC module which expects the range 0 to 15. This caused the problem by overindexing the CAC structures.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr57805


 Symptom:


 Card errors show up indicating "CB_TASK is ready"


 Condition: 


 CB_TASK gets busy processing VSI messages and this causes root task to incorrectly assume that CB_TASK is not in a sane state. Actually a firmware change incorrectly reduced the polling interval by the root task such that it was polling the states of tasks sooner than it is supposed to.


 Workaround 


 None. Ignore these card errors as these are benign.


 


 CSCdr59241


 Symptom:


 Building VC status on UNI ports after repeated enabling/disabling of partition with the control port


 Condition:


 Controller does not send policy parameters for control port upon enabling of partition. When disabling partition, COS max bandwidth was zeroed out. With no policy parameters from which to obtain the new values, COS max bandwidth is stuck at zero; thus not allowing ant control to be established.


 Workaround: 


 Older PXM image does send policy parameters even for the partition with the control port. Control port does not require policy parameters to be sent from controller. Default it to the max bandwidth configured for the partition.


 


 CSCdr66273


 Symptom:


 The encoding is in the reverse of the expected value by UNI4.0 spec.	


 Condition: 


 STD ABR connections.	


 Workaround:


 None. 


 












 Bugs Fixed in MFC


 The following bugs are fixed in MFC.


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdp63445


 Symptom: 


 ABR and UBR connections loose traffic when VC shaping is turned on. 


 Condition: 


 Enabling of VC shaping on port terminating ABR and UBR connections


 Workaround: 


 Leave VC shaping disabled.


 


 CSCdr11396


 Symptom: 


 Data transfer has affected while running OAM loopback


 Conditions 


 All user data is dropped when send in 960 cps of oam.


 Workaround: 


 None


 


 CSCdp11511


 Symptom:


 BPX treats segment oam loopback different from end-to-end oam loopback cells


 Conditions:


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdr13208


 Symptom:


 BXM CD errors while running OAM cells


 Conditions:


 1. One PVC has 2880 cps of data and 960 cps of oam cells. 2. Another PVC has 2880 cps of data and 960 cps of oam cells.


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdr13196


 Symptom:


 BPX reports SWERR 105


 Conditions:


 SWERR105 logged while running OAM loopback test 


 Workaround: 


 None reset the BXM card


 


 CSCdr13182


 Symptom:


 tstdelay/tstcon/tstconseg for all PVCs on that card will fail.


 Conditions:


 When user sending in >= 960 cps of oam loopback cells


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdr13151


 Symptom:


 dspportstats always show Tx port = 0


 Conditions:


 Sending in >= 960 cps of oam loopback cells


 Workaround:


 












 Bugs Fixed in MFB


 The following bugs are fixed in MFB


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdm52254


 Symptom: 


 Random BIP-8 errors show up on T3 when running in direct map (HEC) mode. There is no such thing as a BIP-8 error in the direct map mode. But this counter should report 0 in this mode.


 Condition: 


 This is totally random due to the fact that an uninitialized (don't care) counter variable is accumulated in every poll period. This counter is not even read from hardware in the HEC mode.


 Workaround: 


 Ignore BIP-8 errors when the T3 trunks are configured in the HEC mode.


 


 CSCdp58969


 Symptom:


 cb_get.c CB_VPC_STATUS_POLL SoItcSend Failed upon VSI Failure


 Condition: 


 When VSI receives and transmits lot of vsi message AAL5 drive will get into deadlock problem if it had missed a DMA interrupt


 Workaround: 


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp57596


 Symptom: 


 CB_TASK on BXM goes into deadlock state causing VSI session to be lost


 Condition:


 This happens when both Ingress and Egress qe semaphore is taken by IDLE_TASK and it never released in an error condition


 Workaround:. 


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer versions of firmware.


 


 CSCdp25220


 Symptom:   


 Avail Buffer on BXM = 0 on LVC flapping for xtag interfaces


 Condition: 


 Same as CSCdp58969. During this condition AAL5 driver doesn't release the transmission buffer.


 Workaround: 


 None. Upgrade to/MEF or newer versions of firmware


 


 CSCdp59328


 Symptom: 


 EPD bit was not set for interslave control vc


 Condition:


 When vsi get congestion (same as CSCdp58969)


 Workaround: 


 None. Upgrade to/MEF or newer versions of firmware


 


 CSCdp92916


 Symptom: 


 Commands executed on stdby card affect APS line


 Condition:


 Series of commands executed in stdby card affects APS line


 Workaround: 


 None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp39723


 Symptom:


 Aps not functioning in 9.2.21 w/FW ME18@sprintf for Bidirectional w/Nonrevertive


 Condition:


 Reversion was happening due to spurious SF/SD events.Fixed by setting the right values for SF/SD thresholds


 Workaround:


 None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp20848


 Symptom: 


 SF switchover does not occur after dncd/upcd execution on Annex B 1+1 APS


 Condition:


 When the dncd command is executed, SWSW sends 0x27 CBUS message. The handler for this message was putting the lines in loopback and shutting down the laser. Also it was changing the line state in SoCdDown() to DOWN state. This caused subsequent upcd (0x05/0x04) message to re-initialize the lines disabling the S/UNI interrupts in the process.


 Workaround:


 None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp24224


 Symptom: 


 WTR does not occur after LOS recovery on protection line


 Condition:


 The meaning of primary and secondary channels were changed immediately upon switchover instead of waiting for the expiry of WTR. This caused the clearing of the failure to be accounted against the secondary channel and thus there was no WTR. Fixed by introducing a Preparation switch mode where-in the current active channel will remain as the secondary until a WTR occurs or a primary section mismatch pre-empts that state. At the expiry of WTR, the preparation switch mode is complete and the current active channel becomes the primary.


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp32646


 Symptom:


 WTR Timer does not work and reversion occurs during SF switchover


 Condition:.


 Added a preparation switch mode where the current active channel is the secondary channel. At the expiry of WTR, the secondary channel is changed to the become the primary channel.


 Workaround: 


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp35156


 Symptom:


 BPX APS reverts back to the working line before WTR time has expired


 Condition:


 TR was being pre-empted by a spurious SD condition. Fixed by setting the right thresholds for SF/SD based on BER


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp60696


 Symptom:


 Both lines fail when only one line in alarm


 Condition: 


 After the standby card comes out of reset, its S/UNI states are not reliable for a period of 1.5 seconds and the S/UNI reports LOS clear on the WORK line. This gets conveyed to the active card and then the Manual switch gets priority and becomes the current local request. This causes a switch back to WORK. When the active card's S/UNI monitors the WORK line, it discovers that the line is in LOS and immediately switches back. The oscillations continue and the line goes into LOCKOUT due to excessive switching. In the Lockout mode only the WORK line is active and thus the defect.


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp65320


 Symptom: 


 Need a trap when BPX puts APS in lockout


 Condition:


 Send the traps in the right sequence. First send the Lockout trap and then the failed to switch trap if there is a switch attempt while lockout is in effect.


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp25130


 Symptom:


 APS Non-revertive bidirectional feature


 Condition:


 Resolved 


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdp79156


 Symptom:


 TDP signalling cross connect VSI request rejected by BXM


 Condition: 


 If BPX is configured with trunks and virtual trunks the virtual trunks are initialized properly with qbin size.


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp62213


 Symptom:


 Switching from bi-direction APS to un-directional APS generates mismatch err


 Condition:


 The alarms generated while the line was in bi-dir mode was not cleared when it was changed to uni-dir mode. Fixed by clearing all alarms when reconfiguring the lines.None.


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp89972


 Symptom:


 Node rebuild caused 3 BXM cards failed


 Condition:


 Moved the allocation and initialization of the Connection database to the SoCoEnterStandby function instead of in the 0x50 handler (SoCdUp)


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp86147


 Symptom:


 The removal of Rx cable of APS trunk leading to loss of Frm and Prot Sw Byt Fail


 Condition:


 While removing the Rx cable of APS working line (configured to trunk) working line goes to Loss of Frm and dsptrks shows the trunk in alarm. After connecting cable back the APS Alarm status shows "Prot Sw Byt FAIL"


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp84386


 Symptom: 


 Connectivity w/BXM lost due to missing DMA completion interrupts


 Condition: 


 Aal5 driver will be in deadlock and never transmits and receives.


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp38148


 Symptom:


 Resetcd slot 11 on BPX causes local APS switching


 Condition: 


 Reimpose the selector and bridge states on both ACTIVE and STANDBY cards after a Y-Red switchover, re-discover the line states and re-execute and external requests.Also include a STABILITY timer before the line state is processed.


 Workaround: 


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdm92931


 Symptom: 


 APS line switchover occurs upon card removal when lockout is set


 Condition:


 Workaround: 


 None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware


 


 CSCdp49749


 Symptom: 


 Node unreachable after resetting two nodes in the network


 Condition:


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdp49640


 Symptom: 


 When FCES feature enable on BXM NNI data transfer stops


 Condition: 


 The ABR parameters like NRM,CRM,FRTT,MCR,ICR were not getting programmed when the FCES is turned on using the cnfcon command.Adding the Connection with the FCES enabled behaved properly.


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdm62817


 Symptom:


 tstconseg command sometimes does not work.


 Condition: 


 Execute tstconseg multiple times with high loop count (10). 


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdm84853


 Symptom:


 BW reported via interface load info is erroneous.


 Condition: 


 When Forward & Backward BW for VSI connections is different. 


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdp62213


 Symptom:   


 Switching from bi-dir to uni-dir mode APS generates APS architecture mismatch error 


 Condition: 


 When APS pair is configured from bi-dir mode to uni-dir mode the other side indicates APS architecture mismatch error, and then the other side is also configured from bi-dir mode to uni-dir mode, the APS architecture mismatch error does not clear.


 Workaround: 


 Delete APS and then add APS again - it defaults to uni-dir


 


 CSCdp59729


 Symptom: 


 addlnlocrmt causes node unreachable. 


 Condition: 


 addlnlocrmtlp causes node unreachable even though there are other parallel trunks. 


 Workaround: 


 No known workaround


 


 CSCdp67673


 Symptom: 


 dspapsln does not show ARCH_MIS any more 


 Condition: 


 dspapsln does not show ARCH_MIS when caused for the second time on the same trunk. 


 Workaround: 


 No known workaround


 


 CSCdp46399


 Symptom:   


 Need a documentation explains how to setup port groups for FW MEF (me26)


 Condition: 


 Workaround: 


 No known workaround


 


 CSCdp49749


 Symptom: 


 Node unreachable after resetting two nodes in the network 


 Condition: 


 When combus message 0x52 is sent down to BXM, we were not handling the case when message says activate the lcn, but delete the vpi-vci pair specified in the command


 Workaround: 


 None. Upgrade to MFB


 


 CSCdp28931


 Symptom: 


 No RDI-P generated when loss of Cell Delineation occurs


 Condition:


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdp59727


 Symptom:


 Addlnlocrmt causes node unreachable


 Conditions:


 Workaround: 


 Reset the BXM card


 












 Bugs Fixed in MFA


 The following bugs are fixed in MFA.


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdm53420


 Symptom:


 switchyred causes APS line to switch when last user request is clear


 Condition: 


 APS 1+1 configuration. The protection line was active and the "last user switch request" was clear. When a switchyred was performed, APS line switched to working line active


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm93274


 Symptom: 


 OC-3 back card LED is wrong after reset/pull cards 


 Condition: 


 Multiple APS lines on a card and perform switchyred when Working line is active and Secondary card is active


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdm04312


 Symptom:    


 The problem is a false failure is declared against the SIMBA Multicast Record RAM.


 Condition: 


 The problem occurs when Self Test is activated against a Y-Redundant pair of BME Cards (BXM-622 cards loaded with the multicast BME firmware) that have more than 1000 connections programmed through them.


 Workaround: 


 Disable Self Test via the cnftstparm command.


 


 CSCdm50659


 Symptom: 


 Trunk alarms are not generated when random bit errors are injected onto a trunk using an Adtech Sx14 test set at a rate of 10E-3. There are trunk statistics generated but no trunk alarm because the statistics that cause alarms on do not meet the threshold for MAJOR or MINOR alarms.


 


 CSCdm50659


 Symptom:


 Trunk alarms are not generated when random bit errors are injected onto a trunk using an Adtech Sx14 test set at a rate of 10E-3. There are trunk statistics generated but no trunk alarm because the statistics that cause alarms on do not meet the threshold for MAJOR or MINOR alarms.


 Condition:


 This was generated in a lab environment with test equipment that was set to inject bit errors randomly through the entire bandwidth. Some HCS errors were generated as well as Path unavailable and Path Farend unavailable.


 Workaround:


 Lowering the alarm threshold for MAJOR and MINOR HCS errors can help to generate a trunk alarm. Use the cnflnalm command and modify the Hcserr alarm thresholds to .01 for MAJOR and .0001 for MINOR. These thresholds are as low as they can be set currently.


 


 CSCdk42527


 Symptom: 


 Rx Queue becomes full after LOS on the feeder trunk


 Condition: 


 After LOS condition on the feeder trunk


 Workaround: 


 Reset the feeder trunk


 


 CSCdm16505


  Symptom:    


 AIS not sent on VP ABRFST/ABRSTD connection


 Condition: 


 LOS on trunk between 2 nodes


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdm81534


 Symptom:    


 ICR of abrfst on BXM-155 falls down to MCR after resetcd


 Condition: 


 Change the ICR after resetcd before start sending traffic


 Workaround: 


 None


 


 CSCdm61493


 Symptom:    


 When BIP8 errors are received on an E3 line or trunk at a rate of 10E-3, the line or trunk will not declare any alarm.


 Condition: 


 When high rates of BIP8 errors are received.


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdk81384


 Symptom:    


 BXM slot errors keeps on incrementing on a BCC3 node, but the reading of 'EAP ARFD' should only be interpreted when using the dual receiver feature on a BCC4 node.


 Condition:


 BXM slot errors on a BCC3 node


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdk80483


 Symptom: 


 TX cell loss counts in dsptrkerrs increase continuously.


 Condition: 


 When there is trunk configured.


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdm04312


 Symptom:    


 The problem is a false failure is declared against the SIMBA Multicast Record RAM.


 Condition: 


 The problem occurs when Self Test is activated against a Y-Redundant pair of BME Cards (BXM-622 cards loaded with the multicast BME firmware) that have more than 1000 connections programmed through them.


 Workaround: 


 Disable Self Test via the cnftstparm command.


 


 CSCdm09295


 Symptom:


 Reconfig of FCES from enable to disable does not work, as a result traffic burst is restricted to MCR.


 Condition: 


 Every time changing an existing connection from FCES enable to disable.


 Workaround: 


 Delete the connection and add back a new one with FCES disable


 


 CSCdm39186


 Symptom:    


 Card fatal error occurred when running in standby mode under the heat condition. As a result, the card reset periodically.


 Condition: 


 Card running in standby mode under heat condition


 Workaround: 


 None


 


 CSCdm09882


 Symptom:    


 Log non fatal message related to the RCMP errors


 Condition: 


 It is mainly seen in the heat chamber


 Workaround: 


 Please make sure the TEST FREQUENCY and TIMEOUT variables under cnftstparm for BXM are set to 4000/3700 level.


 


 CSCdm31923


 Symptom:   


 AIS/YEL alarm doesn't go away even after the alarm is clear from the other end


 Condition: 


 It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YESin the trunk or line configuration


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdm92916


 Symptom: 


 Operational commands (dncd, resetcd, remove) on standby card impact active APS line. When active line is PROT line and a switchover of cards occur, WORK line becomes active line on the newly active cards.


 Conditions:


 APS 1+1 Annex B and PROT is active line. switchyred or resetcd on the active card causes line to switchover from PROT to WORK.


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdm92931


 Symptom: 


 APS line switchover occurs upon card removal/insertion when lockout is set


 Conditions: 


 When Lockout is set, removing/inserting the card makes it happen.


 


 CSCdm52585


 Symptom:    


 DspVsiPartInfo shows very large Available LCN field.


 Condition: 


 When the sum of min-lcns is greater than the max(max lcns) on a port group.


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdp18840


 Symptom:


 The CBR.2 Calls do not pass traffic above 50 Cells/second.


 Condition:


 VSI controller establishes CBR.2 connection and it does not fill in the PCR field. 


 Workaround:


 Fill the PCR value aslo with the CR value. 


 


 CSCdp17741


 Symptom:


 2-port group card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3. 


 Condition:


 When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXm-622-2 port and BXM-155 reports only one port group. 


 Workaround: 


 Auto Route connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections there is no work around. 


 


 CSCdp22930


 Symptoms:


 Intlock missing for rd./wr operation


 Workaround:


 Reassert intLock on commbus ISR to prevent SCC access from getting interrupted


 


 CSCdp33894


 Symptom:


 Standby APS line shows status as Path AIS upon switchyred or on APS switchover on LOS


 Conditions: 


 switchyred on APS, the prot. line report Path AIS


 Workaround:


 None. Upgrade to ME26/MED or later versions of BXM firmware


 


 CSCdp36324


 Symptom: 


 Last user request affects switching on BPX.


 Conditions:


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdp31325


 Symptom: 


 UBR cells are policed unnecessarily below PCR.


 Conditions: 


 Always.


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdp36155


 Symptom:


 BXM-E OC-3/OC-12 does not show supporting APS HW 1+1 in dspcd command and otherwise also.


 Condition:


 BXM-E OC-3/ OC-12 card with HW rev < 'C'


 Workaround: 


 None.


 


 CSCdp32853


 Symptom:


 The BXM enhanced cards keep getting reset and card errors are logged and node may go into degraded mode, when command "addapsln slot1.port1 slot2.port2 1" is issued.


 Condition: 


 BXM enhanced OC-3 cards with 4 port and FW rel earlier that M.E.22/M.F.09


 Workaround:


 1.Do not addapsln on second port onwards for BXM-E OC-3 4 port card.


 or


 2. Replace the BXM-E 4 port card with 8 ports card.


 


 CSCdp17741


 Symptom:


 2-portgroup card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3. 


 Condition:


 When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXm-622-2 port and BXM-155 reports only one port group. 


 Workaround:


 AutoRoute connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections. There is no work around. 


 


 CSCdp11025


 Symptom:


 Use the dspapsln to get the screen to display apsln status.When the working line is taken out the LOS appears on the working line. When the protection line is taken out both the working and protection display LOS. When the protection line is put back in the LOS/Alarms on the protection should clear. They do not.


 Conditions:


 Physically remove and add the rx or both rx and tx lines as follows:


 1. Remove the working line. 2. Remove the protection line. 3. Add the protection line back.


 Workaround


 None


 


 CSCdm73220


 Symptom: 


 Trunks or Virtual Trunks does not allow traffic going through.


 Condition: 


 Switch software 9.1 with ME level of firmware. Trunks or VTs configured on BXM/BXM-E.


 Workaround: 


 None


 












 Bugs Fixed in MEC


 The following bugs are fixed in MEC


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdm66131


 Symptom: 


 After addapsln trunk goes to LOS


 Condition: 


 Both ends have secondary card active, add aps 1+1 to one end, then add aps to the other end, the trunk sometimes goes into LOS.


 Workaround: 


 


 CSCdm64366


 Symptom: 


 APS 1+1 manual switch sometimes does not work after a while after several manual switch and auto switch.


 Condition: 


 Secondary card is active and several manual switch and auto switches are performed.


 Workaround: 


 


 CSCdm62809


 Symptom: 


 APS 1+1 bidirectional non-revertive switches back to working line when line condition clears on working.


 Condition: 


 APS 1+1 configured in bidirection non-revertive mode.


 Working line is in LOS, current active line is protection, clear LOS on working line.


 Workaround: 


 


 CSCdm69974


 Symptom:


 Card errors (0x25170076) occur when only one Virtual Trunk is configured in a physical port. 


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm65813


 Symptom: 


 APS switches back o working line incorrectly.


 Condition: 


 Switch sequence W->P, P->W and then W->P, then cause LOS on WORK line and put the cable back, APS switches to Working line.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm77212


 Symptom: 


 When addshelf command is executed, it comes back with a communication breakdown.


 Condition: 


 Channel level stats is set to 0 so that BXM reports wrong max channels.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm74316


 Symptom: 


 Re-adding VSI shelf does not work until a resetcd is executed on the LSC control port.


 Condition: 


 Load information on an interface is 4 bytes more that MAX_VSI_MSG, So the message gets dropped on BXM, so VSI controller is in discovery state forever.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm75722


 Symptom:


 No control VC after BXM is reset.


 Condition: 


 When resync request comes down from the VSI controller with 19 checksum blocks, the length check done on BXM does not include padding.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm74968


 Symptom: 


 0B card error causing BXM to reset


 Condition: 


 Over night jobs running on controller cards.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdp02190


 Symptom: 


 tstdelay timed out when going through BNI trunk


 Condition: 


 More that 12 VTs on an interface causes wrong port-vi mapping while considering STI_SHIFT/NO_SHIFT from 13 the VT/port onwards.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm78335


 Symptom: 


 dspvsistatus rarely shows the VSI programming status as Done


 Condition: 


 Primary and secondary port has two different VPI range.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm26752


 Symptom: 


 Card errors continuously logged with "SoItcSend failed" message.


 Condition: 


 RAS oam_lpbk is on and switchyred is executed several times in a job.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm93839


 Symptom: 


 Card resets on receiving oam loopback cells at high rate


 Condition: 


 oamlpbk is enabled with high oam traffic on large number of connections.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm52254


 Symptom: 


 BIP-8 code errs occurs on routing trunks


 Condition: 


 T3 card used in HEC mode can randomly have this problem.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm44183


 Symptom: 


 BXM-155 4DX was not able to recover after resetting the card


 Condition: 


 Traffic is sent at a rate >= 383 cps on a terminated connection on BXM-E card and then card is reset.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm90997


 Symptom: 


 BXM-E trunk and port stats are always zero in TX direction.


 Condition: 


 Port terminates on BXM-E card or on trunk passing through BXM-E card.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm80991


 Symptom: 


 Unable to add 3 segment connections using CM GUI


 Condition: 


 Feeder connected to BXM card of BPX routing node and for, BXM trunk configuration, ILMI/LMI protocol is enabled as CARD based.


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm82688


 Symptom: 


 Traffic Shaping problems with VT with and without wraparound solution


 Condition: 


 Large deviations in CDV values


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdm94372


 (see explanation below)


 Symptom: 


 Trunks sometimes drop cbr traffic 


 Condition: 


 If a trunk is configured to full line rate on BXM cards, then traffic is dropped


 Workaround:


 


 CSCdp00063


 Symptom: 


 Node unreachability is experienced on VTs (virtual trunks)


 Condition:


 Multiple VTs are configured on a trunk interface of the BXM/BXM-E


 Workaround: 


 Configure only one VT per trunk interface


 












 Logic to Calculate Actual Cell Transmission Rate in a BXM Card is As Follows (CSCdm94372):


 If (configured cell rate == full line cell rate) then


 	transmitted cell rate = full line cell rate


 else


 	transmitted cell rate = from equation below or from table 1


 


  



 Example:


 If a trunk is configured at 100,000 CPS, the actual transmitted cell rate is then 98,013 CPS any traffic sent over 98,013 CPS would be discarded.


 Therefore, only rates in the table or computed from the equation should be used.


 Otherwise cell loss may be experienced.


  




 1464865


 56552


 28832


 19348


 14559


 11670


 9738


 8355


 


  733860


 54458


 28278


 19097


 14416


 11579


 9674


 8308


 


489558

 52513


 27744


 18852


 14277


 11488


 9611


 8261


 


 367288


 50703


 27231


 18614


 14139


 11399


 9549


 8215


 


  293888


 49013


 26736


 18381


 14005


 11311


 9487


 8169


 


  244938


 47432


 26258


 18154


 13872


 11225


 9426


 8124


 


  209966


 45950


 25798


 17933


 13743


 11140


 9366


 8079


 


  183733


 44558


 25353


 17717


 13616


 11056


 9307


 8035


 


  163327


 43247


 24923


 17506


 13491


 10974


 9248


 7992


 


  147001


 42012


 24508


 17300


 13368


 10892


 9190


 7948


 


  133642


 40845


 24106


 17099


 13248


 10812


 9133


 7906


 


  122509


 39741


 23717


 16902


 13129


 10733


 9077


 7863


 


 113088


 38695


 23341


 16710


 13013


 10656


 9021


 7822


 


 105012


 37703


 22976


 16522


 12899


 10579


 8966


 7780


 


 98013


 36761


 22623


 16339


 12787


 10503


 8912


 7739


 


 91889


 35864


 22280


 16159


 12677


 10429


 8858


 7699


 


 86485


 35010


 21947


 15983


 12568


 10355


 8805


 7659


 


 81681


 34196


 21625


 15812


 12462


 10283


 8753


 7619


 


 77383


 33419


 21311


 15643


 12357


 10212


 8701


 7580


 


 73515


 32676


 21007


 15479


 12254


 10141


 8650


 7541


 


 70014


 31966


 20711


 15318


 12153


 10072


 8599


 7502


 


 66833


 31286


 20423


 15160


 12053


 10003


 8549


 7464


 


 63927


 30634


 20143


 15005


 11955


 9936


 8500


 7427


 


 61264


 30009


 19871


 14853


 11859


 9869


 8451


 7389


 


 58814


 29409


 19606


 14705


 11764


 9803


 8403


 7352


 












 Bugs Fixed in MEB


 The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MEB.


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdm50469


 Symptom: 


 Software error 105 and malloc card errors happened continuously


 Condition: 


 When jobs that cause reroutes of connections (e.g. switchcc, hitless rebuild) are run for a long time, sometimes BXM card freezes with malloc card errors and software error 105.


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdm50723


 Symptom: 


 After deleting APS, switchyred causes temporary LOS when the other end still has APS.


 Condition: 


 One end has APS 1+1, other end was added with APS 1+1 and line is up between the two ends. Then APS is deleted from one end. The primary card is active on non APS end. On switchyred on the non APS end there is a temporary LOS. If APS was never added to one end, then switchyred does not result in temporary LOS.


 Workaround: 


 Instead of deleting APS first and then doing a switchyred, do a switchyred first and then delete APS. This does not result in temporary LOS.


 


 CSCdm63038


 Symptom: 


 BXM card fails with breakpoint error.


 Condition: 


 When tx cell rate of a trunk is reduced to zero, BXM card fails with break point error (division by zero).


 Workaround:


 None


 












 Bugs Fixed in MEA


 The following is the list of bugs fixed in MEA.


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdm09882


 Symptom: 


 Log non fatal message related to RCMP errors.


 Condition: 


 It is mainly seen in the heat chamber.


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdm18186


 Symptom: 


 AIS status could be randomly be displayed in dspcon


 Condition: 


 When the connection AIS signal is constantly changing, the dspcon/dspchstats OAM status will not be accurate for all the connections on the card.


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdm26380


 Symptom: 


 Software error 9098 occurred during switchyred BXM 


 Condition: 


 This problem occurs on cards with the APS channels halved option set and then doing a cnfrsrc on a port that belongs to the second port group. Note that this fix will cause a card mismatch on active cards with channel halved option turned on. 


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdm31923


 Symptom: 


 AIS/YEL alarm doesn't go away even after the alarm is clear from the other end.


 Condition: 


 It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YES in the trunk or line configuration.


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdm37519


 Symptom: 


 Trunks go to Communication Fail after burning firmware.


 Condition:


 When MC10 is burnt into BXM-OC-12 with trunks.


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdm37709


 Symptom: 


 APS line fails to clear channel mismatch after lockout.


 Condition: 


 Bi-direction APS 1+1. Local end has locked out of protection set. Then WORK cable is pulled out on local end to cause LOS. Lockout is then cleared and then the WORK cable is put back. This causes a channel mismatch on the far end and the mismatch never clears.


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdm38647


 Symptom: 


 This bug has been fixed in MEA such that the firmware reports the correct number of port groups. The side effect of this fix is that the Switch Software could mismatch the BXM card. If there is a card mismatch then down all the lines/trunks on the card and up them again.


 Condition: 


 When the user loads the MEA firmware on the BXM card running MDA with APS halved channeled enabled, then the card will come up in mismatched state.


 Workaround:


 None


 


 CSCdm46658


 Symptom: 


 switchapsln command does not work for APS Annex B line.


 Condition: 


 Annex B configuration if hitless rebuild is done when active line is PROT, then switchapsln does not work after hitless rebuild.


 Workaround:


 None


 












 Bugs Fixed in MDA


 The following is the list of bugs fixed in MDA.


  




Bug ID

Description



 CSCdm38647


 Symptom: 


 MDA fw may report incorrect number of port-groups when APS channels are set to halved.


 Condition: 


 When user attempts to add all the channels available on the card on one port-group, it may be allowed even though the BXM may not have enough memory to support it. Also, this may cause a mismatch state when MDB firmware is burnt.


 Workaround: 


 Down all the line/trunks on the card and up them again.


 


 CSCdm23713


 Symptom: 


 VI numbers are not modified by firmware.


 Condition: 


 When one or more trunks are failed in the network, there may be a combreak in the network.


 Workaround: 


 Set all the Virtual trunks to restrict CC traffic.


 


 CSCdm23827


 Symptom: 


 APS alarm may clear on switchyred.


 Condition: 


 After a switchyred, an existing a LOS/LOF alarm may get cleared. This will only happen when the line has switched to protection before the card switchover is performed.


 Workaround: 


 None


 


 CSCdm23752


 Symptom: 


 BXM fw does not allow a networking channel on VTs to configured for egress only.


 Condition: 


 BXM fw allowed configuration of networking channel to be bidirectional only.


 Workaround: 


 None


 












 Firmware Filenames and Sizes


  




Filename

Size



 BXMMFD.000 


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.001


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.002


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.003


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.004


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.005


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.006


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.007


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.008


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.009


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.010


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.011


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.012


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.013


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.014


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.015


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.016


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.017


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.018


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.019


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.020


 65536


 


 BXMMFD.021


 31008


 


 BXMMFD.022


 14


 


 BXMMFD.023


 2


 


 BXMMFD.IMG


 784


 


 BXMMFD.img 


 784


 












 Appendix B

 
 UXM Firmware ACA Release Notes


 Introduction


 ACA is a new firmware release for UXM cards on IGX. This is the first revision of the model C firmware. The firmware is the same for UXM and UXM-E cards.


 New Features


 UXM firmware ACA introduces the following features:


    

    	1. VSI Slave on UXM card. 
    



  The VSI slave functionality enables the UXM card to be connected to an external MPLS controller (7200 series Router) and offers MPLS solutions to IGX customers.




    

    	2. ILMI on UXM card.
    



 Obsolete Features


 None.


 Compatibility


    

    	1. Software
    



  ACA firmware is compatible with Switch Software Release 9.3.10




    

    	2. Hardware
    



  ACA firmware is compatible with UXM and UXM-E model hardware.




 Bugs Resolved in Release 9.3.10


 VSI and ILMI are new features on the IGX, and the bugs found during the unit-test, integration, and dev-test have been fixed and verified. The open bugs known at this stage are listed in the Known Anomalies section of this appendix. The firmware release ACA also contains the bug fixes done in the Model B firmware up to revision ABJ and the fixes for the bugs CSCdr98036 and CSCdp05824, which were fixed after ABJ was released.


 Upgrade Instructions 	


 The firmware upgrade to ACA version requires that the run-time firmware to be first upgraded to an intermediate version, revision ABJ. However, before upgrading the firmware to revision ABJ, the boot code has to be upgraded to boot 8.


 The following steps are required to upgrade the firmware to revision ACA:



Step 1	  Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.10.



Step 2	  Upgrade the UXM boot code to boot 8.



Step 3	  Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ABJ or greater.



Step 4	  After the card comes up, upgrade the run-time firmware to revision ACA.



Step 5	  Enable Qbins 10 to 14 on all UXM interfaces by using the cnfqbin command. (The existing bugs are CSCds00067 and CSCds25536).



Step 6	  Configure the VSI partitions and controllers. 



Step 7	  Configure the VSI connections on the new cards, and confirm that VSI traffic is flowing. 





 








Warning If these procedures are not followed, there is a big possibility that the card will enter a state from which it can NOT be recovered. Please pay attention to this section before loading the new firmware.






 Known Anomalies


  




Bug ID 

Description



 CSCdr18834


 VSI Compact resources needs implementation.


 Description:


 compactrsrc command does not support VSI option since this feature is yet to be implemented on the firmware. The CBAs are allocated in terms of blocks of 32. CBA (Cell Bus Array) is a nodewise resource and needs to be shared amongst all the cards. 


 Symptom:


 The number of CBAs used in the card is much less than the number of CBAs (number of CBA blocks * 32) held by the card.


 This information can be found out from the dspvsipartinfo command. This indicates that the CBAs are fragmented amongst CBA blocks allotted for that card and the defragmentation is required to release some of the excess CBA block to the NPM.


 Workaround:


 Reset the UXM card for which the operator wishes compact VSI resources. Warning: this will cause AutoRoute services to be affected as well, should any be configured on the card being reset.


 


 CSCdr60137


 Description:


 Sometimes resetting the UXM card causes sw error 9000 (Firmware error C319).


 Symptom:


 Sometimes an attempt is made to commit an intra-slave VSI connection (both the endpoints on the same UXM card) with one of the endpoints not specified. This condition results in the software error logging of error 9000 with the firmware error code corresponding to 0xC319.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr63174


 Symptom:


 Traffic-continuity loss occurs after disabling the Qbin


 Description:


 After disabling the Qbin on UXM, MPLS traffic does not take the alternate route.


 Workaround:


 	The problem is that SW/NPM management plane is manipulating a platform-specific resource used by the MPLS control plane. Qbin is a switch-specific resource and the changes to the Qbin state is not communicated to the VSI master because there is no specification for this in the VSI protocol. This problem is solved by not allowing users to disable the VSI Qbins from NPM. This will be fixed in a separate bug. Until this fix, the workaround is not to disable the VSI Qbins from the Switch Software CLI interface.


 


 CSCdr71426


 Symptom:


 If the self-test frequency is set to one second (using cnftstparm), and the upln command is used on a standby UXM card, the card goes into a failed state and resets itself.


 	Conditions:


 The card should be in standby. The line upped is not connected to any device on the other end.


 	Workaround:


 Do not set the self-test frequency to 1 second.


 


 CSCdr75590


 Symptom:


 A software error 9098 (Firmware Error C015,C019) occurs on the standby card after adding Y-red.


 Condition:


 This can occur on the hotstandby card after executing the addyred command. This causes the VSI connection commits to fail on the hot standby card.


 Workaround:


 Reset the hot standby card.


 


 CSCdr76658


 Description:


 When the UXM is configured for Y-redundancy and the firmware is loaded on the standby card, after the firmware is burnt, when the card goes to a reset cycle, the firmware error C372 with swerr 9000 is seen on the standby card.


 Symptom:


 Swerr 9000 with firmware error code C372 gets logged on the standby card sometimes in situations when the standby card tries to synchronize with the active card. This is caused by a VSI connection committed with CBA = 0 on the active card.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr88936


 Symptom:


 Overnight jobs with dncd/upcd causes loss of connections. 


 Conditions:


 MPLS connectivity is lost after Y-redundant cards, and the dncd/upcd commands are run in a quick succession.


 Workaround:


 Separate the two commands dncd/upcd by at least seven seconds. For an IGX job configuration, separate the two commands using the "pause" command. 


 


 CSCdr93322


 Description:


 During a switchover of VSI slave redundant card, initiated by dncd command, a software error 9000 is logged.


 Symptom:


 This is a transient YRED switchover error on the card where the card is processing a timer message where the descriptor is unknown. There are no known high severity MPLS impacts such as connections downs/corruptions, connections not being programmed, sustained VSI buffer leaks, continuous swlogging, etc.


 Workaround:


 None. There is no impact with this problem.


 


 CSCds00425


 Description:


 When an UXM active card is coming up after a power-on/off on the node, sometimes it shows up with swerr 9000 (with firmware error code C33F). This error means that one of the queue pointers for maintaining the transaction timeout queue has become NULL.


 Conditions:


 Power-cycling the node causes the active UXM to log swerr 9000 with firmware error C33F.


 Workaround:


 There is no workaround known at this point in time. This bug seems to be transient in nature and does not seem to impact the service.


 


 CSCds00471


 Description:


 UXM slave will sometimes come up with a static leak of 2 TCBs. This is not a dynamic/sustained leak.


 Symptom:


 After resetting the UXM card, sometimes the TCB (an internal data structure) seems to be leaking.


 Workaround:


 None. During heavy VSI command congestion there may be a slow-down in the VSI message processing because of the transient message drops due to fewer available TCBs.


 


 CSCds01706


 Symptom:


 During the burnfwrev operations on a Y-red pair, one of the UXMs receives on its Y-redundancy control-VC, a  VSI_SW_RESYNC_END_RSP VSI message, presumably from the other UXM pair and finds out that it is not in the active Y-red state and hence drops the message causing it to log the firmware error 0xc202 (Fn code 0x87) .


 Conditions:


 Swerr 9000 ( F/W error C202) was logged during the upgrading of the firmware to an interim version AC19.


 Workaround:


 At this stage there is no known workaround to this problem, which is not service-impacting.


 


 CSCds04085


 Symptom:


 VSI slave redundancy synchronization fails


 Description:


 When the hot standby card is synchronizing with the active card during the initial bring-up phase of the hot standby card (addyred or resetcd), if the active card fails, the hot standby will switchover to active. But some of its connection states may be dangling since the sync-up was not completed. This can cause a variety of problems including continuity failures through the card.


 Workaround:


 Reset the active card.


 


 CSCds13881


 Description:


 Swerr 9000 (firmware error C105) logged after bringing down the active card in Y-red pair.


 Symptom:


 During a full rebuild of the node, if the UXM card receives a new command before it could complete processing the previous pending command from the VSI controller, then this results in the logging of the swerr 9000 with firmware error code C30E. 


 Workaround:


 There is no known workaround at this point of time. The log is indicative of the fact that the entries in the timeout list were missing, potentially due to the timing issue during synchronization with the active card. This does not impact the service since the resynchronization is triggered by the controller and both the cards will get synchronized.	


 


 CSCds14383


 Description:


 When the active card in the Y-redundancy configuration is brought down by the dncd command, the sw error 9000 (with firmware error code C105) is logged.


 Conditions:


 Swerr 9000 (firmware error C30E) is logged when a full rebuild is done on an NPM.


 Workaround:


 This swlog is informative only and is not service-impacting since the controller resynchronizes with the VSI slave after a period of time. The workaround is to clear the swlog.


 


 CSCds20180


 Symptom:


 A loss of VSI connections occurs for the router via port that reports the errors.


 Conditions:


 A hitless rebuild is followed by a Y-red switchover.


 Workaround:


 Reset the card.


 












 Boot Code Requirements


 Boot Code revision boot_08 is needed for the ACA release.


 Unsupported Configurations or Applications.


    

    	1. MPLS Controllers other than 7200 series routers.
    

    	2. Port Adapter PA-A3 on the 7200 series router not supported for "multi-vc" configuration.
    

    	3. The OC3 MMF backcard is not supported for Y-redundancy configuration.
    

    	4. Adding more than one controller to a VSI partition is not supported.
    

    	5. Adding controllers on trunks is not supported. The controllers have to be attached to line interfaces.
    

    	6. Usage of IMA interfaces is not supported for attaching the LSCs (Label Swithced Controllers) or LERs (Label Edged Routers). This restriction is because of the non_availability of IMA interface support in IOS software release 12.1.(3)T for LSC and LER interfaces. The IMA interfaces can be used for trunks between IGX nodes.
    

    	7. ILMI implementation does not support service registration and address registration.
    



 Notes and Cautions


    

    	1. The IGX-VSI 9.3.10 switch software release compatible with the following versions of IOS and 7200 port adapter hardware:
    



  IOS 12.1(3)T and later 


  PA-A1 (non enhanced) flavors of T3, E3, and OC3 ATM adapters 


  [PA-A3 adapters are not supported for multi-VC mode as of 9/2000.] 




    

    	2. Changing the VPI range on a UXM interface partition is not causing the Xtagatm interface configuration on the controller to be updated. 
    



  This is a recently discovered issue in 12.1(3)T. 


  When the slave ATM switch reports a VPI range change through an "IFC GET CNFG TRAP" the LSC does the following: 


  	a) If the VPI range is reduced, the XTAG interface is toggled down and back up to force LDP/TDP to be reset. This is because LDP currently negotiates label ranges (VPI,VCI ranges) only when the session is established. The info displayed through a "show tag int detailed" command should be correct in this case. 


  NOTE: The above does not apply to the BPX where the VPI or VCI range cannot be SHRUNK using the cnfrsrc command unless the interface is in the disabled state. 


  	b) If the VPI range is increased, the information is updated in the VSI master but the information is NOT propagated to the XTAG. This is done so that the LSC will ignore the increased range instead of resetting the LDP session which forces VCs to be torn down. The VPI range from the "show tag int detailed" command can be interpreted as the LOCAL range that LDP/TDP used when setting up the session that is active. Changes at the ATM switch level are not reflected in the LSC unless the change explicitly causes the LDP session to be re-established. 




    

    	3. Only one Xtag interface corresponding to a partition on a UXM interface that has multiple-partitions comes up. Other Xtag interface based on different partitions on the same UXM interface is not coming up.
    



  Turn on "debug VSI errors."


  If you see errors that say something of the kind "VPI/VCI in use" or "VCI in use"; the problem is overloading of the 0/32 tag-control PVC.


  Example 1: Node tagigx4 





    	tagigx4        TN    Cisco           IGX 8430  9.3.1Z    Aug. 3 2000  11:05 PDT  
 
                    VSI Controller Information 
 
	 CtrlrId   PartId     ControlVC            Intfc    Type     CtrlrIP 
        	             VPI    VCIRange 
   	 1         1       0      40-70          3.3      MPLS     6.6.6.6 
   	 2         2       0      40-70          19.3     MPLS     66.66.66.66 
 

    

    	Trunk : 7.1 
	 Maximum PVC LCNS: 256             Maximum PVC Bandwidth: 65000 
                                   (Statistical Reserve: 5000) 
   
 
        	       State   MinLCN   MaxLCN   StartVPI   EndVPI   MinBW    MaxBW 
	 Partition 1:   E       30       100      50         75       1000     10000 
	 Partition 2:   E       10       100      90         150      1000     10000 
 	Partition 3:   E       10       100      180        240      1000     5000 
 

    

    Make sure that only xtag atm interface uses the default tag-control-vc of 0/32. All other xtag atm interfaces on the same UXM interface should use non-defaulttag-control-vcs using the "tag-switching atm control-vc " command. 
    

    xtagatm71 configuration on the LSC connected to 3.3, using default tag-control-vc of 0/32 
    

    

      	Current configuration: 
	 ! 
	 interface XTagATM71 
	  ip unnumbered Loopback0 
  	no ip mroute-cache 
  	extended-port ATM2/0 vsi 0x00070100 
 	 tag-switching ip 
 	end 
 

    xtagatm71 configuration on an LSC connected to 19.3 using configured tag-control-vc of 90/32 
    

    

       	Current configuration: 
	 ! 
	 interface XTagATM71 
  	ip unnumbered Loopback1 
  	no ip directed-broadcast 
  	no ip route-cache cef 
  	extended-port ATM5/0 vsi 0x00070100 
  	tag-switching atm control-vc 90 32 
  	tag-switching ip 
 	end 
 

 4. The URL for open and resolved caveats for IOS release image 12.1.(3)T can be found at: http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios121/121relnt/121cavs/121tcavs.htm
  

 5. An MPLS LSC on a T3 port cannot see the IGX 


 	When configuring a Cisco MPLS LSC on T3 interfaces, make sure the payload scrambling option on the UXM T3 line matches the config on the LSC. The default for the LSC is OFF, and the default for the UXM is ON. This can cause a lot of wasted time, since the lines will come UP and CLEAR. 


 	e.g. T3 UXM config. 


          dsplncnf 12.6 


         tagigx3        VT    Cisco           IGX 8430  9.3.1Z    Aug. 3 2000  10:14 PDT  
 
			
         LN  12.6 Config       T3/636                UXM slot:12  
         Loop clock:           No  
         Line framing:         PLCP Idle code:            7F hex  
         HCS Masking:          Yes  
         Payload Scramble:     No  
         VC Shaping:           No  

 


          dspctrlrs


 


         tagigx3        VT    Cisco           IGX 8430  9.3.1Z    Aug. 3 2000  10:14 PDT  
 
                    VSI Controller Information 
 
         CtrlrId   PartId     ControlVC            Intfc    Type     CtrlrIP 
                                 VPI    VCIRange 
            1         1       0      40-70          12.6     MPLS     7.7.7.7 
            2         2       0      40-70          12.1     MPLS     99.99.99.99 

 


 	e.g. controller 1 on node tagigx3 is connected to 12.6. If the IP address in the CtrlrIP column is correct, you know that the LSC is being seen by the IGX and vice-versa. Otherwise you will see 0.0.0.0.


 	6. The complete list of the FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions) that assist in troubleshooting VSI/MPLS problems on IGX can be found at the URL:


 		http://wwwin-eng.cisco.com/Eng/WAN/IGX/WWW/VSI/igxvsifaq.htm  


 Appendix C

 
 UFM Firmware YAL Release Notes


 Introduction 


 This firmware is a Model A maintenance release for the UFM-U card for the IGX.


 New Features and Enhancements


 ELMI Topology Discovery Feature



  ELMI protocol runs over, LMI of the type Cisco, Annex-a or Annex-d. Unused bytes in the ELMI protocol was used to exchange the IP Address and IfIndex information to the Router.




 LMI Status in the C2 Message Enhancement



 Obsolete Features


 This firmware or model does not obsolete any features or functions. The new model is a superset of the features in previous UFMC models.


 Compatibility


    

    	1. Software
    



  This firmware is compatible with all supported versions of the switch software. Note that SWSW 9.3.10 or higher is required to support the ELMI topology feature.




    

    	2. Hardware
    



  This firmware is compatible with all versions of the hardware though using the latest UFM hardware is recommended. This firmware contains enhancements made to support the new UFMC hardware Version W. Please refer to the ECO E004167.




    

    	3. Network Management Software
    



  This firmware is compatible with all versions of NMS software.




 Known Anomalies in Release 9.3.10


 None.


 Bugs Fixed for Release 9.3.10


  




Bug ID 

Description



 CSCdm00440


 Symptom:


 UFMU or UFMC cards reset with a hardware error of 23 indicating a ESAR (CPU 4) heartbeat failure.


 Conditions:


 High rates of traffic with no statistics collection is the key cause of this problem.


 Also low rates of traffic and long periods of no statistics collection can also cause the problem. 


 Workaround:


 Enable statistics collection (on1 17). This typically clears the counters after each collection and should fix the problem.


 


 CSCdr81254


 Symptom:


 The number of idle flags inserted is always 1 regardless of what the cnfport command specifies. On the user end, CPE equipment reports receive errors (CRC, bad frames, and so on.)


 Conditions:


 Problem occurs when CPE equipment needs more than 1 IDLE flag between HCLC frames. Effects both UFMU Model A and Model B cards.


 A data scope such as navtel is required to count the number of idle bytes inserted between Frame Relay frames.


 Workaround:


 None.


 Further Problem Description:


 For applications using small frame sizes, a small amount of reduction in the throughput may be observed when the IDLE flag count is made more than 	one.


 


 CSCdp00117


 Symptom:


 Frames passing from Network towards Port (Egress) in the UFMU Model-B cards are discarded 100% if the frame length is in the range [4503-4510] inclusive of both. Also, during the dspportstats command, the Av Tx Port Q size is stuck at a high value (close to 65k). It does not decrease to zero.


 Conditions:


 Effects only Model B UFMU cards. Not applicable to Model A UFMC, Model A UFMU, or Model B UFMC cards. Not dependent on swsw version.


 Workaround:


 Use Model A firmware. Use a frame length of less than 4503.


 


 CSCdp80657


 Symptom:


 On X.21/V.35/HSSI, the UFMU ports configured as DTE Ports with no Rx Clock measurement, a dspchstats for the VC indicates frames and bytes received from the network and transferred to the port, while the data was actually discarded. No data was sent to the port.


 Condition:


 If the DTE ports stop receiving the Clock from the DCE side due to any reason, no egress traffic will flow. This is normal and expected behavior. UFMU firmware in such conditions were reporting data being sent to the port, while it was actually discarding it. The discard statistics in the Egress direction should have been updated. This is a statistic display problem that effects only UFMU with X21/V35/HSSI backcards.


 Workaround:


 None.


 


 CSCdr27418


 Symptom:


 The dsplns command shows line ok for T1 lines that do not have any cables or connectors connected. Lines displayed OK, but LMI failures on Ports. Lines displayed OK, but no traffic passes.


 Conditions:


 Affects only the Model A/B UFMC cards. Lines declared failed due to LOS or other alarms, are declared OK after the back card is removed and replaced. This is not dependent on swsw version.


 Workaround:


 Use dncd and upcd. Also, resetcd <slot> h fixes this problem.


 












 Upgrade Instructions


 There are no special upgrade instructions. The normal process involves the burnfwrev command to upgrade. This can be done using Strataview or manually.


 Notes and Cautions 


 None.


 Boot Code Requirements 


 None.


 Engineering Bugs with No Symptoms Fixed in Release 9.3.10


 Enhancement


 Made improvements to the 0x0b report generated by ADMIN indicating RISC Exception Errors (fatal) as follows:


 CBUS Trace snapshot                 |-Receive-|      |-----Transmit-----|


 No. Time(mSecs)  Abs Time   Length  Slot FnCd OpCd   Slot FnCd  OpCd   Result


 0   0            86965110   24      19   0B   00


 byte01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24


 18 06 A6 04 23 A1 00 80 90 14 80 00 60 50 80 00 AE 10 01 81 20 03 A0 00


  




Byte   

Description



 01     


 Last function code processed


 


 02     


 =6 -> Internal HW failure


 


 03    


 A5=UFMC A6=UFMU


 


 04    


 RISC ID: 2=FM, 3=ISAR, 4=ESAR


 


 05    


 Failure type: in this case, 23 -> Heartbeat Failure


 


 06     


 Specific error: In this case A1 -> Response from RISC time-out.


 


 07-10  


 CP0 casue register (has exception type encoded in it)


 


 11-14  


 CP0 exception PC. (program counter)


 


 15-18 


 Global stack pointer


 


 19-22 


 CP0 status register


 


 23 


 CP0 Cache Error flag


 












 Enhancement:


 Made changes to include port_discard_flag[port] in the hcStats(). Port Discard Reasons if any will show up in the B2 function CBUS message. Report 7, bytes 9-12 (4 bytes) contain various bits indicating different discard reasons. The following discard reasons are set currently:


 FM_M32_RA	0x00000040
FM_M32_CRC16	0x00001000
FM_M32_INVLEN	0x00004000
FM_M32_ROF	0x00020000
FM_XMT_UNDERRUN	0x00080000


 fm_debug_flag[lcn] captures the following discard reason.


 FM_EGR_DTE_RCV_NOCLOCK 0x00020000


 Files


 UFM-U: Model-A YAL release:


 YAL.000 65536   Aug 26 13:23


 YAL.001 65536   Aug 26 13:23


 YAL.002 65536   Aug 26 13:23


 YAL.003 65536   Aug 26 13:23


 YAL.004 65536   Aug 26 13:23


 YAL.005 65536   Aug 26 13:23


 YAL.006 65536   Aug 26 13:23


 YAL.007 30096   Aug 26 13:23


 YAL.008 2       Aug 26 13:23


 YAL.img 784     Aug 26 13:23


 YALrel.txt 9619 Aug 27 13:23


 Appendix D

 
 UFM Firmware YBC Release Notes


 Introduction 


 This firmware is a Model B maintenance release for the UFM-U card for the IGX.


 New Features and Enhancements


 ELMI Topology Discovery Feature



  ELMI protocol runs over, LMI of the type Cisco, Annex-a or Annex-d. Unused bytes in the ELMI protocol was used to exchange the IP Address and IfIndex information to the Router.




 LMI Status in the C2 Message Enhancement



 Obsolete Features


 This firmware or model does not obsolete any features or functions. The new model is a superset of the features in previous UFMC models.


 Compatibility


    

    	1. Software
    



  This firmware is compatible with all supported versions of the switch software. Note that SWSW 9.3.10 or higher is required to support the ELMI topology feature.




    

    	2. Hardware
    



  This firmware is compatible with all versions of the hardware though using the latest UFM hardware is recommended. This firmware contains enhancements made to support the new UFMC hardware Version W. Please refer to the ECO E004167.




    

    	3. Network Management Software
    



  This firmware is compatible with all versions of NMS software.




 Known Anomalies in Release 9.3.10


 None.


 Bugs Fixed for Release 9.3.10


 See Appendix C for the list of fixed bugs.


 Upgrade Instructions


 There are no special upgrade instructions. The normal process involves the burnfwrev command to upgrade. This can be done using Strataview or manually.


 Notes and Cautions 


 None.


 Boot Code Requirements 


 None.


 Engineering Bugs with No Symptoms Fixed in Release 9.3.10


 Enhancement


 Made improvements to the 0x0b report generated by ADMIN indicating RISC Exception Errors (fatal) as follows:


 CBUS Trace snapshot                 |-Receive-|      |-----Transmit-----|


 No. Time(mSecs)  Abs Time   Length  Slot FnCd OpCd   Slot FnCd  OpCd   Result


 0   0            86965110   24      19   0B   00


 byte01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24


 18 06 A6 04 23 A1 00 80 90 14 80 00 60 50 80 00 AE 10 01 81 20 03 A0 00


  




Byte   

Description



 01     


 Last function code processed


 


 02     


 =6 -> Internal HW failure


 


 03    


 A5=UFMC A6=UFMU


 


 04    


 RISC ID: 2=FM, 3=ISAR, 4=ESAR


 


 05    


 Failure type: in this case, 23 -> Heartbeat Failure


 


 06     


 Specific error: In this case A1 -> Response from RISC time-out.


 


 07-10  


 CP0 casue register (has exception type encoded in it)


 


 11-14  


 CP0 exception PC. (program counter)


 


 15-18 


 Global stack pointer


 


 19-22 


 CP0 status register


 


 23 


 CP0 Cache Error flag


 












 Enhancement:


 Made changes to include port_discard_flag[port] in the hcStats(). Port Discard Reasons if any will show up in the B2 function CBUS message. Report 7, bytes 9-12 (4 bytes) contain various bits indicating different discard reasons. The following discard reasons are set currently:


 FM_M32_RA	0x00000040
FM_M32_CRC16	0x00001000
FM_M32_INVLEN	0x00004000
FM_M32_ROF	0x00020000
FM_XMT_UNDERRUN	0x00080000


 fm_debug_flag[lcn] captures the following discard reason.


 FM_EGR_DTE_RCV_NOCLOCK 0x00020000


 Files


 UFM-U: Model-B YBC release:


 YBC.000 65536   Aug 26 13.50


 YBC.001 65536   Aug 26 13.50


 YBC.002 65536   Aug 26 13.50


 YBC.003 65536   Aug 26 13.50


 YBC.004 65536   Aug 26 13.50


 YBC.005 65536   Aug 26 13.50


 YBC.006 65536   Aug 26 13.50


 YBC.007 29440 Aug 26 13.50


 YBC.008 2       Aug 26 13.50


 YBC.img 784     Aug 26 13.50


 YBCrel.txt 9616 Aug 27 13.50


 Appendix E

 
 UFM Firmware ZAT Release Notes


 Introduction 


 This firmware is a Model A maintenance release for the UFM-C card for the IGX.


 New Features and Enhancements


 ELMI Topology Discovery Feature



  ELMI protocol runs over, LMI of the type Cisco, Annex-a or Annex-d. Unused bytes in the ELMI protocol was used to exchange the IP Address and IfIndex information to the Router.




 LMI Status in the C2 Message Enhancement



 Obsolete Features


 This firmware or model does not obsolete any features or functions. The new model is a superset of the features in previous UFMC models.


 Compatibility


    

    	1. Software
    



  This firmware is compatible with all supported versions of the switch software. Note that SWSW 9.3.10 or higher is required to support the ELMI topology feature.




    

    	2. Hardware
    



  This firmware is compatible with all versions of the hardware though using the latest UFM hardware is recommended. This firmware contains enhancements made to support the new UFMC hardware Version W. Please refer to the ECO E004167.




    

    	3. Network Management Software
    



  This firmware is compatible with all versions of NMS software.




 Known Anomalies in Release 9.3.10


 None.


 Bugs Fixed for Release 9.3.10


 See Appendix C for the list of fixed bugs.


 Upgrade Instructions


 There are no special upgrade instructions. The normal process involves the burnfwrev command to upgrade. This can be done using Strataview or manually.


 Notes and Cautions 


 None.


 Boot Code Requirements 


 None.


 Engineering Bugs with No Symptoms Fixed in Release 9.3.10


 Enhancement


 Made improvements to the 0x0b report generated by ADMIN indicating RISC Exception Errors (fatal) as follows:


 CBUS Trace snapshot                 |-Receive-|      |-----Transmit-----|


 No. Time(mSecs)  Abs Time   Length  Slot FnCd OpCd   Slot FnCd  OpCd   Result


 0   0            86965110   24      19   0B   00


 byte01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24


 18 06 A6 04 23 A1 00 80 90 14 80 00 60 50 80 00 AE 10 01 81 20 03 A0 00


  




Byte   

Description



 01     


 Last function code processed


 


 02     


 =6 -> Internal HW failure


 


 03    


 A5=UFMC A6=UFMU


 


 04    


 RISC ID: 2=FM, 3=ISAR, 4=ESAR


 


 05    


 Failure type: in this case, 23 -> Heartbeat Failure


 


 06     


 Specific error: In this case A1 -> Response from RISC time-out.


 


 07-10  


 CP0 casue register (has exception type encoded in it)


 


 11-14  


 CP0 exception PC. (program counter)


 


 15-18 


 Global stack pointer


 


 19-22 


 CP0 status register


 


 23 


 CP0 Cache Error flag


 












 Enhancement:


 Made changes to include port_discard_flag[port] in the hcStats(). Port Discard Reasons if any will show up in the B2 function CBUS message. Report 7, bytes 9-12 (4 bytes) contain various bits indicating different discard reasons. The following discard reasons are set currently:


 FM_M32_RA	0x00000040
FM_M32_CRC16	0x00001000
FM_M32_INVLEN	0x00004000
FM_M32_ROF	0x00020000
FM_XMT_UNDERRUN	0x00080000


 fm_debug_flag[lcn] captures the following discard reason.


 FM_EGR_DTE_RCV_NOCLOCK 0x00020000


 Files


 UFM-C: Model-A ZAT release:


 ZAT.000 65536   Aug 26 13:28


 ZAT.001 65536   Aug 26 13:28


 ZAT.002 65536   Aug 26 13:28


 ZAT.003 65536   Aug 26 13:28


 ZAT.004 65536   Aug 26 13:28


 ZAT.005 65536   Aug 26 13:28


 ZAT.006 65536   Aug 26 13:28


 ZAT.007 37728 Aug 26 13:28


 ZAT.008 2       Aug 26 13:28


 ZAT.img 784     Aug 26 13:28


 ZATrel.txt 9615 Aug 27 13:28


 Appendix F

 
 UFM Firmware ZBD Release Notes


 Introduction 


 This firmware is a Model B maintenance release for the UFM-C card for the IGX.


 New Features and Enhancements


 ELMI Topology Discovery Feature



  ELMI protocol runs over, LMI of the type Cisco, Annex-a or Annex-d. Unused bytes in the ELMI protocol was used to exchange the IP Address and IfIndex information to the Router.




 LMI Status in the C2 Message Enhancement



 Obsolete Features


 This firmware or model does not obsolete any features or functions. The new model is a superset of the features in previous UFMC models.


 Compatibility


    

    	1. Software
    



  This firmware is compatible with all supported versions of the switch software. Note that SWSW 9.3.10 or higher is required to support the ELMI topology feature.




    

    	2. Hardware
    



  This firmware is compatible with all versions of the hardware though using the latest UFM hardware is recommended. This firmware contains enhancements made to support the new UFMC hardware Version W. Please refer to the ECO E004167.




    

    	3. Network Management Software
    



  This firmware is compatible with all versions of NMS software.




 Known Anomalies in Release 9.3.10


 None.


 Bugs Fixed for Release 9.3.10


 See Appendix C for the list of fixed bugs.


 Upgrade Instructions


 There are no special upgrade instructions. The normal process involves the burnfwrev command to upgrade. This can be done using Strataview or manually.


 Notes and Cautions 


 None.


 Boot Code Requirements 


 None.


 Engineering Bugs with No Symptoms Fixed in Release 9.3.10


 Enhancement


 Made improvements to the 0x0b report generated by ADMIN indicating RISC Exception Errors (fatal) as follows:


 CBUS Trace snapshot                 |-Receive-|      |-----Transmit-----|


 No. Time(mSecs)  Abs Time   Length  Slot FnCd OpCd   Slot FnCd  OpCd   Result


 0   0            86965110   24      19   0B   00


 byte01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24


 18 06 A6 04 23 A1 00 80 90 14 80 00 60 50 80 00 AE 10 01 81 20 03 A0 00


  




Byte   

Description



 01     


 Last function code processed


 


 02     


 =6 -> Internal HW failure


 


 03    


 A5=UFMC A6=UFMU


 


 04    


 RISC ID: 2=FM, 3=ISAR, 4=ESAR


 


 05    


 Failure type: in this case, 23 -> Heartbeat Failure


 


 06     


 Specific error: In this case A1 -> Response from RISC time-out.


 


 07-10  


 CP0 casue register (has exception type encoded in it)


 


 11-14  


 CP0 exception PC. (program counter)


 


 15-18 


 Global stack pointer


 


 19-22 


 CP0 status register


 


 23 


 CP0 Cache Error flag


 












 Enhancement:


 Made changes to include port_discard_flag[port] in the hcStats(). Port Discard Reasons if any will show up in the B2 function CBUS message. Report 7, bytes 9-12 (4 bytes) contain various bits indicating different discard reasons. The following discard reasons are set currently:


 FM_M32_RA	0x00000040
FM_M32_CRC16	0x00001000
FM_M32_INVLEN	0x00004000
FM_M32_ROF	0x00020000
FM_XMT_UNDERRUN	0x00080000


 fm_debug_flag[lcn] captures the following discard reason.


 FM_EGR_DTE_RCV_NOCLOCK 0x00020000


 Files


 UFM-C: Model-B ZBD release:


 ZBD.000 65536   Aug 26 13:49


 ZBD.001 65536   Aug 26 13:49


 ZBD.002 65536   Aug 26 13:49


 ZBD.003 65536   Aug 26 13:49


 ZBD.004 65536   Aug 26 13:49


 ZBD.005 65536   Aug 26 13:49


 ZBD.006 65536   Aug 26 13:49


 ZBD.007 37072 Aug 26 13:49


 ZBD.008 2       Aug 26 13:49


 ZBD.img 784     Aug 26 13:49


 ZBDrel.txt 9615 Aug 27 13:49


 Obtaining Documentation

 
 World Wide Web


 You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at http://www.cisco.com,  http://www-china.cisco.com,  or http://www-europe.cisco.com.
  

 Documentation CD-ROM


 Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM package, which ships with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated monthly. Therefore, it is probably more current than printed documentation. The CD-ROM package is available as a single unit or as an annual subscription.


 Ordering Documentation


 Registered CCO users can order the Documentation CD-ROM and other Cisco Product documentation through our online Subscription Services at http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/subcat/kaojump.cgi.
  

 Nonregistered CCO users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco's corporate headquarters (California, USA) at 408 526-4000 or, in North America, call 800 553-NETS (6387).


 Obtaining Technical Assistance

 
 Cisco provides Cisco Connection Online (CCO) as a starting point for all technical assistance. Warranty or maintenance contract customers can use the Technical Assistance Center. All customers can submit technical feedback on Cisco documentation using the Web, e-mail, a self-addressed stamped response card included in many printed docs, or by sending mail to Cisco.


 Cisco Connection Online


 Cisco continues to revolutionize how business is done on the Internet. Cisco Connection Online is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that provides immediate, open access to Cisco information and resources at anytime, from anywhere in the world. This highly integrated Internet application is a powerful, easy-to-use tool for doing business with Cisco.


 CCO's broad range of features and services helps customers and partners to streamline business processes and improve productivity. Through CCO, you will find information about Cisco and our networking solutions, services, and programs. In addition, you can resolve technical issues with online support services, download and test software packages, and order Cisco learning materials and merchandise. Valuable online skill assessment, training, and certification programs are also available.


 Customers and partners can self-register on CCO to obtain additional personalized information and services. Registered users may order products, check on the status of an order and view benefits specific to their relationships with Cisco.


 You can access CCO in the following ways:



 You can e-mail questions about using CCO can go to cco-team@cisco.com.


 Technical Assistance Center


 The Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) is available to warranty or maintenance contract customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product that is under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract.


 To display the TAC Web site that includes links to technical support information and software upgrades and for requesting TAC support, use www.cisco.com/techsupport.


 To contact us by e-mail, use one of the following:


  




Language

E-mail Address



 English


 tac@cisco.com


 


 Hanzi (Chinese)


 chinese-tac@cisco.com


 


 Kanji (Japanese)


 japan-tac@cisco.com


 


 Hangul (Korean)


 korea-tac@cisco.com


 


 Spanish


 tac@cisco.com


 


 Thai


 thai-tac@cisco.com


 












 In North America, TAC can be reached at 800 553-2447 or 408 526-7209. For other telephone numbers and TAC e-mail addresses worldwide, consult the following Web site: http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml.
  

 Documentation Feedback


 If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit technical comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar and select Documentation. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco.


 You can e-mail your comments to bug-doc@cisco.com.


 To submit your comments by mail, for your convenience many documents contain a response card behind the front cover. Otherwise, you can mail your comments to the following address:


 Cisco Systems, Inc.
Document Resource Connection
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-9883


 We appreciate and value your comments.







Note   If you are a network administrator and need personal technical assistance with a Cisco product that is under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract, contact Cisco's Technical Assistance Center (TAC) at 800 553-2447, 408 526-7209, or tac@cisco.com. To obtain general information about Cisco Systems, Cisco products, or upgrades, contact 800 553-6387, 408 526-7208, or cs-rep@cisco.com.




 


  



 





hometocprevnextglossaryfeedbacksearchhelp


Posted: Mon Oct  2 17:28:49 PDT 2000

Copyright 1989-2000©Cisco Systems Inc.